Quarterly Report (10-q)

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 29, 2015

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to .

Commission File Number: 0-20322

Starbucks Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)



Washington	91-1325671
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

2401 Utah Avenue South, Seattle, Washington 98134

(Address of principal executive offices)

(206) 447-1575

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.



Large accelerated filer	x	Accelerated filer	¨

Non-accelerated filer	¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):

Yes ¨ No x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.



Title	Shares Outstanding as of April 22, 2015
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share	1,500.5 million

Table of Contents

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

FORM 10-Q

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 29, 2015

Table of Contents




PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1	Financial Statements (Unaudited):	3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings	3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	4
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets	5
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	6
	Index For Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	7
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	8
Item 2	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	24
Item 3	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	38
Item 4	Controls and Procedures	38

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1	Legal Proceedings	38
Item 1A	Risk Factors	38
Item 2	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	39
Item 6	Exhibits	40
Signatures		41

Table of Contents

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION


Item 1.	Financial Statements

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in millions, except per share data)

(unaudited)



	Quarter Ended						Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014
Net revenues:
Company-operated stores	$	3,622.9		$	3,068.0		$	7,395.7		$	6,411.8
Licensed stores	421.3			356.2			905.3			758.0
CPG, foodservice and other	519.3			449.6			1,065.8			943.6
Total net revenues	4,563.5			3,873.8			9,366.8			8,113.4
Cost of sales including occupancy costs	1,859.8			1,629.2			3,851.0			3,424.2
Store operating expenses	1,324.6			1,134.5			2,640.1			2,309.6
Other operating expenses	133.5			110.9			262.9			225.8
Depreciation and amortization expenses	217.1			174.4			423.1			344.1
General and administrative expenses	305.9			240.6			604.3			483.2
Litigation credit	—			—			—			(20.2		)
Total operating expenses	3,840.9			3,289.6			7,781.4			6,766.7
Income from equity investees	54.9			59.9			107.7			111.0
Operating income	777.5			644.1			1,693.1			1,457.7
Gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture	—			—			390.6			—
Interest income and other, net	1.3			17.8			11.1			37.6
Interest expense	(16.9		)	(16.7		)	(33.2		)	(31.3		)
Earnings before income taxes	761.9			645.2			2,061.6			1,464.0
Income tax expense	266.3			218.3			581.2			496.4
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests	495.6			426.9			1,480.4			967.6
Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests	0.7			(0.1		)	2.1			—
Net earnings attributable to Starbucks	$	494.9		$	427.0		$	1,478.3		$	967.6
Earnings per share - basic	$	0.33		$	0.28		$	0.99		$	0.64
Earnings per share - diluted	$	0.33		$	0.28		$	0.97		$	0.63
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	1,500.5			1,510.3			1,499.7			1,510.1
Diluted	1,516.5			1,529.1			1,516.7			1,530.7
Cash dividends declared per share	$	0.16		$	0.13		$	0.32		$	0.26

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions, unaudited)



	Quarter Ended						Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests	$	495.6		$	426.9		$	1,480.4		$	967.6
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
Unrealized holding gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities	2.7			1.1			2.1			(0.9		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	(1.0		)	(0.4		)	(0.8		)	0.4
Unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging instruments	12.2			8.1			63.9			19.9
Tax (expense)/benefit	(2.5		)	(2.1		)	(15.4		)	(6.0		)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on net investment hedging instruments	—			(3.9		)	4.3			5.9
Tax (expense)/benefit	—			1.4			(1.6		)	(2.2		)
Translation adjustment	(6.9		)	7.7			(163.3		)	(22.7		)
Tax (expense)/benefit	3.8			(15.1		)	7.6			(3.4		)
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)/losses realized in net earnings for available-for-sale securities, hedging instruments, and translation adjustment	4.0			(2.2		)	(55.8		)	5.4
Tax expense/(benefit)	(0.4		)	1.0			16.8			0.9
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	11.9			(4.4		)	(142.2		)	(2.7		)
Comprehensive income including noncontrolling interests	507.5			422.5			1,338.2			964.9
Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests	1.4			(0.1		)	(29.0		)	—
Comprehensive income attributable to Starbucks	$	506.1		$	422.6		$	1,367.2		$	964.9

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share data)

(unaudited)



	Mar 29, 2015			Sep 28, 2014
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,750.4		$	1,708.4
Short-term investments	99.4			135.4
Accounts receivable, net	655.6			631.0
Inventories	1,061.1			1,090.9
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	355.1			285.6
Deferred income taxes, net	323.8			317.4
Total current assets	4,245.4			4,168.7
Long-term investments	325.1			318.4
Equity and cost investments	337.0			514.9
Property, plant and equipment, net	3,897.7			3,519.0
Deferred income taxes, net	851.1			903.3
Other long-term assets	395.2			198.9
Other intangible assets	547.0			273.5
Goodwill	1,592.2			856.2
TOTAL ASSETS	$	12,190.7		$	10,752.9
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	601.3		$	533.7
Accrued liabilities	1,685.9			1,514.4
Insurance reserves	215.5			196.1
Deferred revenue	1,018.5			794.5
Total current liabilities	3,521.2			3,038.7
Long-term debt	2,048.5			2,048.3
Other long-term liabilities	610.3			392.2
Total liabilities	6,180.0			5,479.2
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock ($0.001 par value) — authorized, 2,400.0 shares; issued and outstanding, 1,501.0 shares and 1,499.1 shares, respectively	1.5			0.7
Additional paid-in capital	41.1			39.4
Retained earnings	6,083.0			5,206.6
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	(116.9		)	25.3
Total shareholders’ equity	6,008.7			5,272.0
Noncontrolling interests	2.0			1.7
Total equity	6,010.7			5,273.7
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	$	12,190.7		$	10,752.9

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions, unaudited)



	Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests	$	1,480.4		$	967.6
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided/(used) by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	444.2			364.2
Deferred income taxes, net	60.0			36.1
Income earned from equity method investees	(76.9		)	(69.0		)
Distributions received from equity method investees	57.9			48.2
Gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture	(390.6		)	—
Stock-based compensation	104.2			91.6
Excess tax benefit on share-based awards	(78.0		)	(87.3		)
Other	27.7			11.4
Cash provided/(used) by changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(14.1		)	(28.6		)
Inventories	39.6			156.2
Accounts payable	48.2			(9.6		)
Accrued litigation charge	—			(2,763.9		)
Income taxes payable, net	(56.5		)	128.4
Accrued liabilities and insurance reserves	121.9			13.1
Deferred revenue	200.1			162.5
Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets	32.8			(4.4		)
Net cash provided/(used) by operating activities	2,000.9			(983.5		)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of investments	(282.0		)	(974.9		)
Sales of investments	305.3			574.3
Maturities and calls of investments	12.7			369.6
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(284.3		)	—
Additions to property, plant and equipment	(606.6		)	(503.6		)
Other	(17.9		)	(14.4		)
Net cash used by investing activities	(872.8		)	(549.0		)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	—			748.5
Cash used for purchase of noncontrolling interest	(257.6		)	—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	111.1			89.5
Excess tax benefit on share-based awards	78.0			87.3
Cash dividends paid	(479.6		)	(392.3		)
Repurchase of common stock	(346.4		)	(290.1		)
Minimum tax withholdings on share-based awards	(73.2		)	(76.0		)
Other	(7.7		)	(9.5		)
Net cash (used)/provided by financing activities	(975.4		)	157.4
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(110.7		)	(10.3		)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	42.0			(1,385.4		)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period	1,708.4			2,575.7
End of period	$	1,750.4		$	1,190.3
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest, net of capitalized interest	$	36.9		$	17.4
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	612.8		$	314.8

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

INDEX FOR NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 1	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	8
Note 2	Acquisition	9
Note 3	Derivative Financial Instruments	13
Note 4	Fair Value Measurements	15
Note 5	Inventories	17
Note 6	Supplemental Balance Sheet Information	17
Note 7	Debt	18
Note 8	Equity	18
Note 9	Employee Stock Plans	21
Note 10	Earnings per Share	22
Note 11	Segment Reporting	23

Table of Contents

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)


Note 1:	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Financial Statement Preparation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 29, 2015, and for the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, have been prepared by Starbucks Corporation under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In the opinion of management, the financial information for the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 reflects all adjustments and accruals, which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods. In this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (“10-Q”) Starbucks Corporation is referred to as “Starbucks,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our.”

The financial information as of September 28, 2014 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes for the fiscal year ended September 28, 2014 (“fiscal 2014”) included in Item 8 in the Fiscal 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “10-K”). The information included in this 10-Q should be read in conjunction with the footnotes and management’s discussion and analysis of the consolidated financial statements in the 10-K.

The results of operations for the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be achieved for the entire fiscal year ending September 27, 2015 ("fiscal 2015").

Stock Split

On April 9, 2015, we effected a two-for-one stock split of our $0.001 par value common stock for shareholders of record as of March 30, 2015. All share and per-share data in our consolidated financial statements and notes has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split. We adjusted shareholders' equity to reflect the stock split by reclassifying an amount equal to the par value of the additional shares arising from the split from retained earnings to common stock during the second quarter of fiscal 2015, resulting in no net impact to shareholders' equity on our consolidated balance sheets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance on the financial statement presentation of debt issuance costs. This guidance requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a reduction of the related debt liability rather than an asset. The guidance will become effective for us at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2017 and will only result in a change in presentation of these costs on our consolidated balance sheets.

In February 2015, the FASB issued guidance that changes the evaluation criteria for consolidation and related disclosure requirements. This guidance introduces evaluation criteria specific to limited partnerships and other similar entities, as well as amends the criteria for evaluating variable interest entities with which the reporting entity is involved and certain investment funds. The guidance will become effective for us at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2017. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance outlining a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers that supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. This guidance requires an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, this guidance expands related disclosure requirements. The guidance will become effective for us at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2018 and will require full or modified retrospective application. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements as well as the expected adoption method.

In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance that changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations. To qualify as a discontinued operation under the amended guidance, a component or group of components of an entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale must represent a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on the entity's operations and financial results. This guidance also expands related disclosure requirements. The guidance will become effective for us at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2016. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance requires the unrecognized tax benefit to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset. When a deferred tax asset is not

Table of Contents

available, or the asset is not intended to be used for this purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and not netted with a deferred tax asset. The guidance became effective for us at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2015 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued guidance on a parent's accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment upon derecognition of certain subsidiaries or groups of assets within a foreign entity or of an investment in a foreign entity. This guidance requires a parent to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. The guidance became effective for us at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal 2015 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.


Note 2:	Acquisition

On September 23, 2014, we entered into a tender offer bid agreement with Starbucks Coffee Japan, Ltd. ("Starbucks Japan"), at the time a 39.5% owned equity method investment, and our joint venture partner, Sazaby League, Ltd. ("Sazaby"), to acquire the remaining 60.5% ownership interest in Starbucks Japan. Acquiring Starbucks Japan further leverages our existing infrastructure to continue disciplined retail store growth and expand our presence into other channels in the Japan market, such as consumer packaged goods ("CPG"), licensing and foodservice. This acquisition was structured as a two-step tender offer.

On October 31, 2014, we acquired Sazaby's 39.5% ownership interest in Starbucks Japan through the first tender offer step for ¥55 billion in cash, or $509 million with Japanese yen converted into U.S. dollars at a reference conversion rate of 108.13 JPY to USD, based on a spot rate that approximates the rate as of the acquisition date, bringing our total ownership in Starbucks Japan to a controlling 79% interest. The estimated fair values of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and the noncontrolling interest are based on preliminary valuation as of the October 31, 2014 acquisition date and are subject to change as additional information about the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interest becomes available.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the total consideration to the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of October 31, 2014 (in millions):



Consideration:
Cash paid for Sazaby's 39.5% equity interest	$	508.7
Fair value of our preexisting 39.5% equity interest	577.0
Total consideration	$	1,085.7

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	224.4
Accounts receivable, net	37.4
Inventories	26.4
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	35.7
Deferred income taxes, net (current)	23.4
Property, plant and equipment	282.9
Other long-term assets	141.4
Other intangible assets	323.0
Goodwill	815.6
Total assets acquired	1,910.2
Accounts payable	(54.5		)
Accrued liabilities	(119.9		)
Deferred revenue	(36.5		)
Deferred income taxes (noncurrent)	(92.9		)
Other long-term liabilities	(109.6		)
Total liabilities assumed	(413.4		)
Noncontrolling interest	(411.1		)
Total consideration	$	1,085.7

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are reported within our China/Asia Pacific segment. Other current and long-term assets acquired primarily include various deposits, specifically lease and key money deposits. Accrued liabilities and other

Table of Contents

long-term liabilities assumed primarily include the financing obligations associated with the build-to-suit leases discussed below, as well as asset retirement obligations.

The intangible assets are definite-lived and include reacquired rights, licensing agreements with Starbucks Japan's current licensees and Starbucks Japan's customer loyalty program. The reacquired rights of $305.0 million represent the fair value, calculated over the remaining original contractual period, to exclusively operate licensed Starbucks^® retail stores in Japan. These rights will be amortized on a straight-line basis through March 2021, or over a period of approximately 6.4 years. The licensing agreements were valued at $15.0 million and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of approximately 10.9 years, which is based on the remaining terms of the respective licensing agreements. The customer loyalty program was valued at $3.0 million and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 4.0 years, which represents the period during which we expect to benefit from these customer relationships.

Below is a tabular summary of the acquired intangible assets as of March 29, 2015, for which the gross balances in total are $29.5 million lower than as of the October 31, 2014 acquisition date due to foreign currency translation (in millions):



	Mar 29, 2015
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Reacquired rights	$	277.2	$	(18.0	)	$	259.2
Licensing agreements	13.6		(0.5		)	13.1
Customer loyalty program	2.7		(0.3		)	2.4
Total acquired definite-lived intangible assets	$	293.5	$	(18.8	)	$	274.7

Amortization expense for these definite-lived intangible assets for the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015 was $11.3 million and $19.0 million, respectively, and is estimated to be approximately $45 million each year for the next five years and approximately $50 million thereafter.

The $815.6 million of goodwill represents the intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition and primarily includes the acquired current customer base, the acquired workforce including store partners in the region that have strong relationships with these customers, the existing geographic retail and online presence, and the expected geographic presence in new channels. The goodwill was allocated to the China/Asia Pacific segment and is not deductible for income tax purposes. Due to foreign currency translation, the balance of goodwill related to the acquisition declined $74.4 million to $741.2 million as of March 29, 2015.

Table of Contents

As a part of this acquisition we acquired a significant number of operating leases, including $7.5 million of favorable lease assets, which are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other long-term assets, and $15.5 million of unfavorable lease liabilities, which are included in accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The fair values of these assets and liabilities were determined based on market terms for similar leases as of the date of the acquisition, and will be amortized on a straight-line basis as rent expense, or a reduction of rent expense, respectively, in cost of sales including occupancy costs on the consolidated statements of earnings over the remaining terms of the leases, for which the weighted-average period was 9.4 years as of the October 31, 2014 acquisition date. We recorded a net reduction of rent expense of $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015, respectively, in connection with the leases acquired.

Additionally, we acquired a number of build-to-suit lease arrangements that are accounted for as financing leases. Starbucks Japan is the deemed owner of buildings under build-to-suit lease arrangements since Starbucks Japan has significant continuing involvement with the respective lessors and does not qualify for sales recognition during the lease term under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. Accordingly, we have recorded the acquired buildings in property, plant and equipment, and the assumed offsetting lease financing obligations, representing the related future minimum lease payments, in other long-term liabilities, with the current portion recorded in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. These financing obligations will be amortized based on the terms of the related lease agreements.

The table below summarizes our estimated minimum future rental payments under the acquired non-cancelable operating leases and lease financing arrangements as of March 29, 2015 (in millions):



	Operating Leases		Lease Financing Arrangements
Year 1	$	87.0	$	3.2
Year 2	68.2		3.1
Year 3	53.1		3.1
Year 4	39.6		3.1
Year 5	31.7		3.1
Thereafter	150.5		31.1
Total minimum lease payments	$	430.1	$	46.7

The fair value of the noncontrolling interest in Starbucks Japan was estimated by applying the market approach. Specifically, the fair value was determined based on the purchase price we expected to pay for the remaining 21% noncontrolling interest, which was comprised of a set market price and a premium above the market price. The market price premium is a customary business practice for public tender offer transactions in Japan, so we believe this is what a market participant would pay and should be included in the fair value determination.

As a result of this acquisition, we remeasured the carrying value of our preexisting 39.5% equity method investment to fair value, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $390.6 million that was presented separately as gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture within other income on the consolidated statements of earnings. The fair value of $577.0 million was calculated using an average of the income and market approach. The income approach fair value measurement was based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a fair value measurement categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Key assumptions used in estimating future cash flows included projected revenue growth and operating expenses, as well as the selection of an appropriate discount rate. Estimates of revenue growth and operating expenses were based on internal projections and considered the historical performance of stores, local market economics and the business environment impacting the stores' performance. The discount rate applied was based on Starbucks Japan's weighted-average cost of capital and included a company-specific risk premium. The market approach fair value measurement was based on the implied fair value of Starbucks Japan using the purchase price of Sazaby's 39.5% ownership interest and the expected purchase price of the 21% remaining noncontrolling interest.

We began consolidating Starbucks Japan's results of operations and cash flows into our consolidated financial statements beginning after October 31, 2014. For the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015, Starbucks Japan's revenue included in our consolidated statements of earnings was $291.3 million and $484.1 million, respectively. For the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015, Starbucks Japan's net earnings included in our consolidated statements of earnings were $18.5 million and $38.8 million, respectively.

Table of Contents

The following table provides the supplemental pro forma revenue and net earnings of the combined entity had the acquisition date of Starbucks Japan been the first day of our first quarter of fiscal 2014 rather than during our first quarter of fiscal 2015 (in millions):



	Pro Forma (unaudited)
	Quarter Ended				Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
Revenue	$	4,563.5	$	4,152.4	$	9,458.5	$	8,679.1
Net earnings attributable to Starbucks⁽¹⁾	495.6		418.5		1,097.3		1,340.3


⁽¹⁾	The pro forma net earnings attributable to Starbucks for fiscal 2014 includes the acquisition-related gain of $390.6 million, and transaction and integration costs of $0.6 million and $12.2 million for the quarter and two quarters ended March 30, 2014, respectively.

The amounts in the supplemental pro forma earnings for the periods presented above fully eliminate intercompany transactions, apply our accounting policies and reflect adjustments for additional occupancy costs, depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the same fair value adjustments to leases, property, plant and equipment and acquired intangibles had been applied on September 30, 2013. These pro forma results are unaudited and are not necessarily indicative of results of operations that would have occurred had the acquisition actually occurred in the prior year period or indicative of the results of operations for any future period.

We initiated the second tender offer step on November 10, 2014 to acquire the remaining 21% ownership interest held by the public shareholders and option holders of Starbucks Japan's common stock, with the objective of acquiring all of the remaining outstanding shares including outstanding stock options. At the close of the second tender offer period on December 22, 2014, we funded the second tender offer step to acquire an additional 14.7% ownership interest for ¥31 billion in cash, or $258 million with Japanese yen converted into U.S. dollars at a reference conversion rate of 120.39 JPY to USD. However, we did not complete the second tender offer nor obtain control of these shares until the settlement date of December 29, 2014, which was the first day of our second quarter of fiscal 2015.

Subsequent to the completion of the second tender offer step, we commenced a cash-out procedure under Japanese law (the "Cash-out") to acquire all remaining shares of Starbucks Japan (an approximate 6.3% interest). On March 26, 2015, we obtained control of these shares resulting in 100% ownership of Starbucks Japan. The purchase price for the Cash-out, which we expect to pay in the third quarter of fiscal 2015, is ¥13.5 billion, or approximately $113.3 million, with Japanese yen converted into U.S. dollars at a reference conversion rate of 118.99 JPY to USD, which is reflected in accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2015.

For the first quarter of fiscal 2015, net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statement of earnings related to Starbucks Japan reflects the 21% of minority shareholders’ interests that we did not own as of the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2015. For the second quarter of fiscal 2015, net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statement of earnings related to Starbucks Japan reflects the approximate 6.3% of minority shareholders’ interests that we did not obtain control of until March 26, 2015.

The following table shows the effects of the change in Starbucks ownership interest in Starbucks Japan on Starbucks equity:



	Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
Net earnings attributable to Starbucks	$	1,478.3	$	967.6
Transfers (to)/from the noncontrolling interest:
Increase/(decrease) in additional paid-in capital for purchase of interest in subsidiary	1.7		—
Change from net earnings attributable to Starbucks and transfers (to)/from noncontrolling interest	$	1,480.0	$	967.6

During the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015, we incurred approximately $0.3 million and $11.3 million, respectively, of acquisition-related costs, such as regulatory, legal, and advisory fees, which we have recorded within unallocated corporate general and administrative expenses.

Table of Contents

Note 3: Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest Rates

Depending on market conditions, we enter into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the variability in cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate related to anticipated debt issuances. These agreements are cash settled at the time of the pricing of the related debt. The effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") and is subsequently reclassified to interest expense over the life of the related debt.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we entered into forward-starting interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $250.0 million related to a potential debt issuance in fiscal 2015.

Foreign Currency

To reduce cash flow volatility from foreign currency fluctuations, we enter into forward and swap contracts to hedge portions of cash flows of anticipated revenue streams, inventory purchases, and principal and interest payments on intercompany loans in currencies other than the entity's functional currency. The effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is recorded in AOCI and is subsequently reclassified to revenue, cost of sales, or interest income and other, net, respectively, when the hedged exposure affects net earnings.

In connection with the acquisition of Starbucks Japan that is discussed in Note 2, Acquisition, we entered into cross-currency swap contracts during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 to hedge the foreign currency transaction risk of certain yen-denominated intercompany loans with a total notional value of ¥73.5 billion, or approximately $618 million as of March 29, 2015. Gains and losses from these swaps offset the changes in value of interest and principal payments as a result of changes in foreign exchange rates, which are also recorded in net interest income and other on the consolidated statements of earnings. These swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges and mature in September 2016 and November 2024 at the same time as the related loans. There are no credit-risk-related contingent features associated with these swaps, although we may hold or post collateral depending upon the gain or loss position of the swap agreement.

We also enter into forward contracts to hedge the foreign currency exposure of our net investment in certain foreign operations. The effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is recorded in AOCI and will be subsequently reclassified to net earnings when the hedged net investment is either sold or substantially liquidated.

As a result of our acquisition of Starbucks Japan, we reclassified the pretax cumulative net gains in AOCI of $7.2 million related to our net investment derivative instruments used to hedge our preexisting 39.5% equity method investment in Starbucks Japan into earnings, which was included in the gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture line item on the consolidated statements of earnings. These gains offset the cumulative translation adjustment loss balance associated with our preexisting investment included in the calculation of the remeasurement gain, which is described further in Note 2, Acquisition.

To mitigate the foreign exchange risk of certain balance sheet items, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts that are not designated as hedging instruments. Gains and losses from these derivatives are largely offset by the financial impact of translating foreign currency denominated payables and receivables; both are recorded in net interest income and other.

Commodities

Depending on market conditions, we enter into coffee futures contracts and collars (the combination of a purchased call option and a sold put option) to hedge a portion of anticipated cash flows under our price-to-be-fixed green coffee contracts, which are described further in Note 5, Inventories. The effective portion of each derivative's gain or loss is recorded in AOCI and is subsequently reclassified to cost of sales when the hedged exposure affects net earnings.

To mitigate the price uncertainty of a portion of our future purchases of dairy products and diesel fuel, we enter into dairy swap contracts, futures and collars, as well as instruments used to hedge diesel fuel exposure that are not designated as hedging instruments. Gains and losses from these derivatives are recorded in net interest income and other and help to offset price fluctuations on our dairy purchases and the financial impact of diesel fuel fluctuations on our shipping costs, which are included in cost of sales including occupancy costs.

Table of Contents

Gains and losses on derivative contracts designated as hedging instruments included in AOCI and expected to be reclassified into earnings within 12 months, net of tax (in millions):



	Net Gains/(Losses) Included in AOCI						Net Gains/(Losses) Expected to be Reclassified from AOCI into Earnings within 12 Months			Contract Remaining Maturity (Months)
	Mar 29, 2015			Sep 28, 2014						Contract Remaining Maturity (Months)
Cash Flow Hedges:
Interest rates	$	30.8		$	36.4		$	3.3		0
Cross-currency swaps	(12.7		)	—			—			117
Foreign currency - other	30.0			10.6			19.4			34
Coffee	(1.5		)	(0.7		)	(2.0		)	8
Net Investment Hedges:
Foreign currency	1.3			3.2			—			0

Pretax gains and losses on derivative contracts designated as hedging instruments recognized in other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassifications from AOCI to earnings (in millions):



	Quarter Ended												Two Quarters Ended
	Gains/(Losses) Recognized in OCI Before Reclassifications						Gains/(Losses) Reclassified from AOCI to Earnings						Gains/(Losses) Recognized in OCI Before Reclassifications					Gains/(Losses) Reclassified from AOCI to Earnings
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014
Cash Flow Hedges:
Interest rates	$	(6.6	)	$	—		$	1.3		$	1.3		$	(6.3	)	$	0.5	$	2.6		$	2.5
Cross-currency swaps	(1.5		)	—			(10.6		)	—			36.3			—		52.5			—
Foreign currency - other	21.0			7.0			5.7			2.1			37.4			18.6		9.6			3.3
Coffee	(0.7		)	1.1			(1.0		)	(0.9		)	(3.5		)	0.8		(2.6		)	(10.9		)
Net Investment Hedges:
Foreign currency	—			(3.9		)	—			—			4.3			5.9		7.2			—

Pretax gains and losses on derivative contracts not designated as hedging instruments recognized in earnings (in millions):



	Gains/(Losses) Recognized in Earnings
	Quarter Ended						Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014
Foreign currency - other	$	4.8		$	(0.1	)	$	23.3		$	(1.0	)
Dairy	1.1			7.4			(3.3		)	11.9
Diesel fuel	(1.0		)	—			(8.6		)	—

Notional amounts of outstanding derivative contracts (in millions):



	Mar 29, 2015		Sep 28, 2014
Interest rates	$	250	$	—
Cross-currency swaps	618		—
Foreign currency - other	475		542
Coffee	36		45
Dairy	26		24
Diesel fuel	22		17

Table of Contents

The fair values of our derivative assets and liabilities are included in Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, and additional disclosures related to cash flow and net investment hedge gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income, as well as subsequent reclassifications to earnings, are included in Note 8, Equity.


Note 4:	Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (in millions):



			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
	Balance at Mar 29, 2015		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,750.4	$	1,750.4	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Available-for-sale securities
Agency obligations	2.0		—		2.0		—
Corporate debt securities	16.2		—		16.2		—
State and local government obligations	2.0		—		2.0		—
Total available-for-sale securities	20.2		—		20.2		—
Trading securities	79.2		79.2		—		—
Total short-term investments	99.4		79.2		20.2		—
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Derivative assets	44.6		1.6		43.0		—
Long-term investments:
Available-for-sale securities
Agency obligations	12.7		—		12.7		—
Corporate debt securities	136.3		—		136.3		—
Auction rate securities	5.8		—		—		5.8
Foreign government obligations	16.4		—		16.4		—
U.S. government treasury securities	101.2		101.2		—		—
State and local government obligations	9.0		—		9.0		—
Mortgage and other asset-backed securities	43.7		—		43.7		—
Total long-term investments	325.1		101.2		218.1		5.8
Other long-term assets:
Derivative assets	71.2		—		71.2		—
Total assets	$	2,290.7	$	1,932.4	$	352.5	$	5.8
Liabilities:
Accrued liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	12.6	$	1.1	$	11.5	$	—
Other long-term liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	11.1		—		11.1		—
Total liabilities	$	23.7	$	1.1	$	22.6	$	—

Table of Contents



			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
	Balance at Sep 28, 2014		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,708.4	$	1,708.4	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	4.9		—		4.9		—
Foreign government obligations	33.7		—		33.7		—
U.S. government treasury securities	10.9		10.9		—		—
State and local government obligations	12.7		—		12.7		—
Certificates of deposit	1.0		—		1.0		—
Total available-for-sale securities	63.2		10.9		52.3		—
Trading securities	72.2		72.2		—		—
Total short-term investments	135.4		83.1		52.3		—
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Derivative assets	28.7		0.9		27.8		—
Long-term investments:
Available-for-sale securities
Agency obligations	8.9		—		8.9		—
Corporate debt securities	130.9		—		130.9		—
Auction rate securities	13.8		—		—		13.8
Foreign government obligations	17.4		—		17.4		—
U.S. government treasury securities	94.8		94.8		—		—
State and local government obligations	6.7		—		6.7		—
Mortgage and other asset-backed securities	45.9		—		45.9		—
Total long-term investments	318.4		94.8		209.8		13.8
Other long-term assets:
Derivative assets	18.0		—		18.0		—
Total assets	$	2,208.9	$	1,887.2	$	307.9	$	13.8
Liabilities:
Accrued liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	2.4	$	0.4	$	2.0	$	—

There were no transfers between levels and there was no significant activity within Level 3 instruments during the periods presented. The fair values of any financial instruments presented above exclude the impact of netting assets and liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists.

Gross unrealized holding gains and losses on investments were not material as of March 29, 2015 and September 28, 2014.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on the consolidated financial statements on a nonrecurring basis include items such as property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, equity and cost method investments, and other assets. These assets are measured at fair value if determined to be impaired. During the quarter and two quarters ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, there were no material fair value adjustments.

The estimated fair value of our long-term debt based on the quoted market price (Level 2) is included at Note 7, Debt.

Table of Contents


Note 5:	Inventories



(in millions)	Mar 29, 2015		Sep 28, 2014		Mar 30, 2014
Coffee:
Unroasted	$	470.5	$	432.3	$	400.0
Roasted	213.5		238.9		189.5
Other merchandise held for sale	210.5		265.7		210.1
Packaging and other supplies	166.6		154.0		155.1
Total	$	1,061.1	$	1,090.9	$	954.7

Other merchandise held for sale includes, among other items, serveware and tea. Inventory levels vary due to seasonality, commodity market supply and price fluctuations.

As of March 29, 2015, we had committed to purchasing green coffee totaling $787 million under fixed-price contracts and an estimated $257 million under price-to-be-fixed contracts. As of March 29, 2015, approximately $19 million of our price-to-be-fixed contracts were effectively fixed through the use of futures contracts and approximately $17 million were price-protected through the use of collar instruments. Price-to-be-fixed contracts are purchase commitments whereby the quality, quantity, delivery period, and other negotiated terms are agreed upon, but the date, and therefore the price, at which the base “C” coffee commodity price component will be fixed has not yet been established. For these types of contracts, either Starbucks or the seller has the option to “fix” the base “C” coffee commodity price prior to the delivery date. Until prices are fixed, we estimate the total cost of these purchase commitments. We believe, based on relationships established with our suppliers in the past, the risk of non-delivery on these purchase commitments is remote.


Note 6:	Supplemental Balance Sheet Information (in millions)

Property, Plant and Equipment, net



	Mar 29, 2015			Sep 28, 2014
Land	$	46.6		$	46.7
Buildings	410.8			278.1
Leasehold improvements	5,149.2			4,858.4
Store equipment	1,588.2			1,493.3
Roasting equipment	512.8			410.9
Furniture, fixtures and other	1,180.4			1,078.1
Work in progress	307.6			415.6
Property, plant and equipment, gross	9,195.6			8,581.1
Accumulated depreciation	(5,297.9		)	(5,062.1		)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	3,897.7		$	3,519.0

Accrued Liabilities



	Mar 29, 2015		Sep 28, 2014
Accrued compensation and related costs	$	466.8	$	437.9
Accrued occupancy costs	125.9		119.8
Accrued taxes	188.1		272.0
Accrued dividends payable	240.1		239.8
Other	665.0		444.9
Total accrued liabilities	$	1,685.9	$	1,514.4

Table of Contents


Note 7:	Debt

Components of long-term debt including the associated interest rates and related fair values (in millions, except interest rates):



	Mar 29, 2015				Sep 28, 2014				Stated Interest Rate		Effective Interest Rate ⁽¹⁾
Issuance	Face Value		Estimated Fair Value		Face Value		Estimated Fair Value		Stated Interest Rate		Effective Interest Rate ⁽¹⁾
2016 notes	$	400.0	$	400	$	400.0	$	400	0.875	%	0.941	%
2017 notes	550.0		610		550.0		625		6.250	%	6.292	%
2018 notes	350.0		359		350.0		353		2.000	%	2.012	%
2023 notes	750.0		818		750.0		786		3.850	%	2.860	%
Total	2,050.0		2,187		2,050.0		2,164
Aggregate unamortized discount	1.5				1.7
Total	$	2,048.5			$	2,048.3


⁽¹⁾	Includes the effects of the amortization of any premium or discount and any gain or loss upon settlement of related treasury locks or forward-starting interest rate swaps utilized to hedge the interest rate risk prior to the debt issuance.

The indentures under which the above notes were issued require us to maintain compliance with certain covenants, including limits on future liens and sale and leaseback transactions on certain material properties. As of March 29, 2015, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants.

Note 8: Equity

Changes in total equity (in millions):



	Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015									Mar 30, 2014
	Attributable to Starbucks			Noncontrolling interest			Total Equity			Attributable to Starbucks			Noncontrolling interest		Total Equity
Beginning balance of total equity	$	5,272.0		$	1.7		$	5,273.7		$	4,480.2		$	2.1	$	4,482.3
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests	1,478.3			2.1			1,480.4			967.6			—		967.6
Translation adjustment, net of reclassifications and tax	(110.3		)	(31.1		)	(141.4		)	(26.1		)	—		(26.1		)
Unrealized gains/(losses), net of reclassifications and tax	(0.8		)	—			(0.8		)	23.4			—		23.4
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	(111.1		)	(31.1		)	(142.2		)	(2.7		)	—		(2.7		)
Stock-based compensation expense	105.2			—			105.2			92.6			—		92.6
Exercise of stock options/vesting of RSUs	104.6			—			104.6			90.0			—		90.0
Sale of common stock	11.3			—			11.3			11.0			—		11.0
Repurchase of common stock	(342.4		)	—			(342.4		)	(301.2		)	—		(301.2		)
Cash dividends declared	(479.9		)	—			(479.9		)	(392.5		)	—		(392.5		)
Noncontrolling interest resulting from acquisition	—			411.1			411.1			—			—		—
Purchase of noncontrolling interests	(29.3		)	(381.8		)	(411.1		)	—			—		—
Ending balance of total equity	$	6,008.7		$	2.0		$	6,010.7		$	4,945.1		$	2.0	$	4,947.1

Table of Contents

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") by component, net of tax (in millions):

Quarter Ended



	Available-for-Sale Securities			Cash Flow Hedges			Net Investment Hedges			Translation Adjustment			Total
March 29, 2015
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, beginning of period	$	(0.9	)	$	32.9		$	1.3		$	(130.3	)	$	(97.0	)
Net gains/(losses) recognized in OCI before reclassifications	1.7			9.7			—			(3.1		)	8.3
Net (gains)/losses reclassified from AOCI to earnings	(0.4		)	4.0			—			—			3.6
Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Starbucks	1.3			13.7			—			(3.1		)	11.9
Purchase of noncontrolling interests	—			—			—			(31.8		)	(31.8		)
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, end of period	$	0.4		$	46.6		$	1.3		$	(165.2	)	$	(116.9	)

March 30, 2014
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, beginning of period	$	(1.7	)	$	42.2		$	(6.7	)	$	34.9		$	68.7
Net gains/(losses) recognized in OCI before reclassifications	0.7			6.0			(2.5		)	(7.4		)	(3.2		)
Net (gains)/losses reclassified from AOCI to earnings	0.2			(1.4		)	—			—			(1.2		)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Starbucks	0.9			4.6			(2.5		)	(7.4		)	(4.4		)
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, end of period	$	(0.8	)	$	46.8		$	(9.2	)	$	27.5		$	64.3

Table of Contents

Two Quarters Ended



	Available-for-Sale Securities			Cash Flow Hedges			Net Investment Hedges			Translation Adjustment			Total
March 29, 2015
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, beginning of period	$	(0.4	)	$	46.3		$	3.2		$	(23.8	)	$	25.3
Net gains/(losses) recognized in OCI before reclassifications	1.3			48.5			2.7			(124.6		)	(72.1		)
Net (gains)/losses reclassified from AOCI to earnings	(0.5		)	(48.2		)	(4.6		)	14.3			(39.0		)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Starbucks	0.8			0.3			(1.9		)	(110.3		)	(111.1		)
Purchase of noncontrolling interests	—			—			—			(31.1		)	(31.1		)
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, end of period	$	0.4		$	46.6		$	1.3		$	(165.2	)	$	(116.9	)

March 30, 2014
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, beginning of period	$	(0.5	)	$	26.8		$	(12.9	)	$	53.6		$	67.0
Net gains/(losses) recognized in OCI before reclassifications	(0.5		)	13.9			3.7			(26.1		)	(9.0		)
Net (gains)/losses reclassified from AOCI to earnings	0.2			6.1			—			—			6.3
Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Starbucks	(0.3		)	20.0			3.7			(26.1		)	(2.7		)
Net gains/(losses) in AOCI, end of period	$	(0.8	)	$	46.8		$	(9.2	)	$	27.5		$	64.3

Impact of reclassifications from AOCI on the consolidated statements of earnings (in millions):

Quarter Ended



AOCI Components	Amounts Reclassified from AOCI						Affected Line Item in the Statements of Earnings
AOCI Components	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Affected Line Item in the Statements of Earnings
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges
Interest rate hedges	$	1.3		$	1.3		Interest expense
Cross-currency swaps	(10.6		)	—			Interest income and other, net
Foreign currency hedges	3.4			1.3			Revenues
Foreign currency/coffee hedges	1.3			(0.1		)	Cost of sales including occupancy costs
	(4.6		)	2.5			Total before tax
	0.6			(1.1		)	Tax (expense)/benefit
	$	(4.0	)	$	1.4		Net of tax

Table of Contents

Two Quarters Ended



AOCI Components	Amounts Reclassified from AOCI						Affected Line Item in the Statements of Earnings
AOCI Components	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Affected Line Item in the Statements of Earnings
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges
Interest rate hedges	$	2.6		$	2.5		Interest expense
Cross-currency swaps	52.5			—			Interest income and other, net
Foreign currency hedges	5.9			2.3			Revenues
Foreign currency/coffee hedges	1.1			(9.9		)	Cost of sales including occupancy costs
Gains/(losses) on net investment hedges⁽¹⁾	7.2			—			Gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture
Translation adjustment⁽²⁾
Starbucks Japan	(7.2		)	—			Gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture
Other	(7.1		)	—			Interest income and other, net
	55.0			(5.1		)	Total before tax
	(16.5		)	(1.0		)	Tax (expense)/benefit
	$	38.5		$	(6.1	)	Net of tax


⁽¹⁾	Release of pretax cumulative net gains in AOCI related to our net investment derivative instruments used to hedge our preexisting 39.5% equity method investment in Starbucks Japan.


⁽²⁾	Release of cumulative translation adjustments to earnings upon sale or liquidation of foreign business.

As discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, on April 9, 2015, we effected a two-for-one stock split of our $0.001 par value common stock for shareholders of record as of March 30, 2015. All share data presented in this note has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.

In addition to 2.4 billion shares of authorized common stock with $0.001 par value per share, the Company has authorized 7.5 million shares of preferred stock, none of which was outstanding as of March 29, 2015.

We repurchased 8.6 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $342.4 million, and 8.1 million shares at a total cost of $301.2 million for the two quarters ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, respectively. As of March 29, 2015, 23.1 million shares remained available for repurchase under the current authorization.


Note 9:	Employee Stock Plans

As discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, on April 9, 2015, we effected a two-for-one stock split of our $0.001 par value common stock for shareholders of record as of March 30, 2015. All share and per-share data presented in this note has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.

As of March 29, 2015, there were 95.1 million shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to future equity-based compensation awards and 14.6 million shares available for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.

Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings (in millions):



	Quarter Ended				Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
Options	$	8.1	$	9.7	$	20.6	$	22.5
Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)	44.2		34.1		83.6		69.1
Total stock-based compensation	$	52.3	$	43.8	$	104.2	$	91.6

Stock option and RSU transactions from September 28, 2014 through March 29, 2015 (in millions):



	Stock Options			RSUs
Options outstanding/Nonvested RSUs, September 28, 2014	39.6			10.8
Granted	6.2			6.4
Options exercised/RSUs vested	(7.0		)	(5.0		)
Forfeited/expired	(0.8		)	(0.9		)
Options outstanding/Nonvested RSUs, March 29, 2015	38.0			11.3
Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, as of March 29, 2015	$	46.8		$	195.3

Note 10: Earnings per Share

As discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, on April 9, 2015, we effected a two-for-one stock split of our $0.001 par value common stock for shareholders of record as of March 30, 2015. All share and per-share data presented in this note has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.

Calculation of net earnings per common share (“EPS”) — basic and diluted (in millions, except EPS):



	Quarter Ended				Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
Net earnings attributable to Starbucks	$	494.9	$	427.0	$	1,478.3	$	967.6
Weighted average common shares outstanding (for basic calculation)	1,500.5		1,510.3		1,499.7		1,510.1
Dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options and RSUs	16.0		18.8		17.0		20.6
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding (for diluted calculation)	1,516.5		1,529.1		1,516.7		1,530.7
EPS — basic	$	0.33	$	0.28	$	0.99	$	0.64
EPS — diluted	$	0.33	$	0.28	$	0.97	$	0.63

Potential dilutive shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options (both vested and non-vested) and unvested RSUs, calculated using the treasury stock method. The calculation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes out-of-the-money stock options (i.e., such options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of our common shares for the period) because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. Out-of-the-money stock options totaled approximately 0.1 million and 5.7 million as of March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, respectively.

Table of Contents

Note 11: Segment Reporting

Segment information is prepared on the same basis that our ceo, who is our chief operating decision maker, manages the segments, evaluates financial results, and makes key operating decisions.

The table below presents financial information for our reportable operating segments and All Other Segments (in millions):

Quarter Ended



(in millions)	Americas		EMEA		China / Asia Pacific		Channel Development		All Other Segments			Segment Total
March 29, 2015
Total net revenues	$	3,128.0	$	280.3	$	595.2	$	428.0	$	132.0		$	4,563.5
Depreciation and amortization expenses	128.6		12.7		37.0		0.6		3.9			182.8
Income from equity investees	—		1.0		25.5		28.4		—			54.9
Operating income/(loss)	709.6		29.2		112.4		156.1		(4.1		)	1,003.2

March 30, 2014
Total net revenues	$	2,808.8	$	309.9	$	265.3	$	370.4	$	119.4		$	3,873.8
Depreciation and amortization expenses	114.8		14.8		11.8		0.4		3.7			145.5
Income from equity investees	—		1.1		37.4		21.4		—			59.9
Operating income/(loss)	605.6		17.7		87.0		127.3		(7.8		)	829.8

Two Quarters Ended



(in millions)	Americas		EMEA		China / Asia Pacific		Channel Development		All Other Segments		Segment Total
March 29, 2015
Total net revenues	$	6,494.9	$	613.7	$	1,091.0	$	870.5	$	296.7	$	9,366.8
Depreciation and amortization expenses	255.7		26.5		65.1		1.3		7.9		356.5
Income from equity investees	—		1.2		58.2		48.3		—		107.7
Operating income	1,527.1		79.1		220.6		313.3		6.4		2,146.5

March 30, 2014
Total net revenues	$	5,881.7	$	649.5	$	532.2	$	771.5	$	278.5	$	8,113.4
Depreciation and amortization expenses	227.1		29.4		22.0		0.8		7.3		286.6
Income from equity investees	—		1.9		70.5		38.6		—		111.0
Operating income	1,337.6		51.2		168.0		246.2		6.1		1,809.1

Reconciliation of total segment operating income to consolidated earnings before income taxes (in millions):



	Quarter Ended						Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014
Total segment operating income	$	1,003.2		$	829.8		$	2,146.5		$	1,809.1
Unallocated corporate operating expenses	(225.7		)	(185.7		)	(453.4		)	(351.4		)
Consolidated operating income	777.5			644.1			1,693.1			1,457.7
Gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture	—			—			390.6			—
Interest income and other, net	1.3			17.8			11.1			37.6
Interest expense	(16.9		)	(16.7		)	(33.2		)	(31.3		)
Earnings before income taxes	$	761.9		$	645.2		$	2,061.6		$	1,464.0

Table of Contents


Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

Certain statements herein, including statements regarding trends in or expectations relating to the expected effects of our initiatives and plans, as well as trends in or expectations regarding earnings per share, revenues, operating margins, comparable store sales, sales leverage, sales growth, profitability, expenses, dividends, share repurchases, other financial results, the integration of Starbucks Japan and the anticipated gains and costs related to the acquisition of Starbucks Japan, capital expenditures, investments in our store partners, product innovation, offerings and distribution, including expansion of our beverage platforms and elevation of our food program, scaling and expansion of international operations, shifts in our store portfolio to more licensed stores in EMEA, foreign currency translation, growth of China into one of our largest markets outside the U.S., profitable growth models and opportunities, emerging businesses, strategic acquisitions, commodity costs and our mitigation strategies, liquidity, cash flow from operations, use of cash and cash requirements, repatriation of cash to the U.S., the potential issuance of debt and applicable interest rate, anticipated store openings and closings, net new stores, the health and growth of our business overall and of specific businesses or markets, benefits of recent initiatives, increased traffic to our stores, operational efficiencies, tax rates, and economic conditions in the U.S. and international markets, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are based on currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Actual future results and trends may differ materially depending on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, fluctuations in U.S. and international economies and currencies, our ability to preserve, grow and leverage our brands, potential negative effects of material breaches of our information technology systems if any were to occur, costs associated with, and the successful execution of, the company's initiatives and plans, including the acquisition of Starbucks Japan, the acceptance of the company's products by our customers, the impact of competition, coffee, dairy and other raw materials prices and availability, the effect of legal proceedings, and other risks detailed in our filings with the SEC, including in Part I Item IA “Risk Factors” in the 10-K.

A forward-looking statement is neither a prediction nor a guarantee of future events or circumstances, and those future events or circumstances may not occur. You should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. We are under no obligation to update or alter any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

This information should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q and the audited consolidated financial statements and notes, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contained in the 10-K.

General

Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to September 30. All references to store counts, including data for new store openings, are reported net of store closures, unless otherwise noted.

Overview

Starbucks second quarter results reflect meaningful contributions from all reportable segments. Consolidated total net revenues increased 18% to $4.6 billion, primarily driven by $270 million of incremental revenues from the acquisition of Starbucks Japan, global comparable store sales growth of 7% and incremental revenue from 1,511 net new store openings over the last 12 months. These increases were partially offset by $70 million of net unfavorable foreign currency translation, which resulted in an unfavorable impact of nearly 2% on revenue growth over the prior year second quarter. Consolidated operating income increased $133 million, or 21%, to $778 million. Operating margin expanded 40 basis points to 17.0%, primarily due to sales leverage, partially offset by the 100 basis point impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan, reflecting the change in accounting from a joint venture to a consolidated market and the acquisition-related transaction and integration costs. Earnings per share of $0.33 increased 18% over the prior year quarter earnings per share of $0.28.

The Americas segment continued its solid performance in the second quarter, growing revenues by 11% to $3.1 billion, primarily driven by comparable store sales growth of 7%, comprised of a 5% increase in average ticket and a 2% increase in number of transactions, as well as revenue from 636 net new store openings over the past 12 months. Growth in food sales, attributed to both new and existing products, successful limited time offering beverages and increased Teavana^® tea sales in our Starbucks^® retail stores contributed to the growth in comparable store sales. Operating margin expanded 110 basis points to 22.7%, primarily due to sales leverage, partially offset by increased salaries and benefits driven by investments in our store partners (employees). Looking forward, we expect to continue to drive revenue growth and margin expansion through net new stores and continued product innovation, targeted at driving growth across all geographies and dayparts, while continuing to make investments in our store partners through enhancements to wages and benefits. We plan to continue to expand our

Table of Contents

beverage platforms and elevate our food program, in part by expanding our Teavana-branded beverage offerings and with ongoing enhancements to our lunch options and the continued rollout of our Evenings program.

The transformation of our EMEA segment continued into the second quarter. Revenues declined $30 million, or 10%, primarily due to $32 million of unfavorable foreign currency translation, which resulted in an unfavorable impact of 11% on revenue growth over the prior year second quarter. This was partially offset by growth in revenue of $5 million that was driven by comparable store sales growth of 2%. Incremental revenues from 188 net new licensed store openings over the past year also contributed. Sales leverage, driven by our ongoing portfolio shift to higher-margin licensed stores, as well as gains from the sales of certain store assets in the region, were the primary drivers of the 470 basis points of margin expansion over the prior year quarter, to 10.4%. We expect our continued disciplined licensed store expansion and focus on the customer experience, including introducing new food and beverage offerings in our retail stores, in this region will result in improved operating performance and contribute towards sustained mid-teens operating margin.

Our China/Asia Pacific segment results reflect the impact of fully consolidating Starbucks Japan. Incremental revenues from Starbucks Japan were the primary driver of the 124% increase in segment revenues, to $595 million. Also contributing were increased sales from opening 232 company-operated and 479 licensed net new stores over the past year, along with a 12% increase in comparable store sales, primarily driven by a 10% increase in transactions. Operating income grew 29%, to $112 million, while operating margin declined 1,390 basis points to 18.9%. The overall operating margin decline was due to the 1,470 basis point impact of the ownership change in Starbucks Japan and was partially offset by expansion of 80 basis points that was primarily due to sales leverage. We expect that continued new store openings and the integration of Starbucks Japan, including growth in other channels in the Japan market, will enable this segment to continue as a meaningful growth driver for our business. We also expect China will continue to grow toward being one of our largest markets outside of the U.S., primarily through expanding our retail store presence.

Channel Development segment revenues grew 16% for the quarter to $428 million, primarily due to increased sales of premium single-serve products, driven by sales of Starbucks- and Tazo-branded K-Cup^® portion packs, and growth in both packaged coffee and foodservice sales. Operating income grew $29 million, or 23%, to $156 million. Operating margin increased 210 basis points to 36.5% in the second quarter of fiscal 2015, driven by efficiencies in cost of sales, increased income from strong performance by our North American Coffee Partnership and sales leverage compared to the prior year. We continue to expand customer occasions outside of our retail stores, including growing our presence in the premium single-serve category with innovative new beverage offerings and internationally, particularly in the ready to drink market.

Fiscal 2015 — Financial Outlook for the Year

For fiscal year 2015, we expect revenue growth driven by incremental growth from the acquisition of Starbucks Japan, the opening of 1,650 net new stores, and mid-single-digit global comparable store sales growth, partially offset by the impact of unfavorable foreign currency translation. Approximately one-half of new store openings will be in China/Asia Pacific, with the remaining half coming primarily from the Americas.

For fiscal 2015, we expect consolidated operating margin to be flat compared to fiscal 2014. We also expect strong EPS growth over fiscal 2014, reflecting the strength of our global business and multiple layers of profitable growth initiatives.

Comparable Store Sales

Starbucks comparable store sales for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015:



	Quarter Ended Mar 29, 2015			Two Quarters Ended Mar 29, 2015
	Sales Growth	Change in Transactions	Change in Ticket	Sales Growth	Change in Transactions	Change in Ticket
Consolidated	7%	3%	4%	6%	2%	4%
Americas	7%	2%	5%	6%	2%	4%
EMEA	2%	2%	1%	3%	2%	1%
China/Asia Pacific	12%	10%	2%	10%	9%	1%

Our comparable store sales represent the growth in revenue from Starbucks^® company-operated stores open 13 months or longer. Comparable store sales exclude the effect of foreign currency translation.

Table of Contents

Results of Operations (in millions)

Revenues



	Quarter Ended						Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		% Change		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		% Change
Company-operated stores	$	3,622.9	$	3,068.0	18.1	%	$	7,395.7	$	6,411.8	15.3	%
Licensed stores	421.3		356.2		18.3		905.3		758.0		19.4
CPG, foodservice and other	519.3		449.6		15.5		1,065.8		943.6		13.0
Total net revenues	$	4,563.5	$	3,873.8	17.8	%	$	9,366.8	$	8,113.4	15.4	%

Total net revenues for the second quarter and first two quarters of fiscal 2015 increased $690 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, primarily due to increased revenues from company-operated stores (contributing $555 million and $984 million, respectively). The increase in company-operated store revenues was driven by incremental revenues from the acquisition of Starbucks Japan (approximately $281 million and $460 million, respectively), an increase in comparable store sales (approximately 7% growth, or $202 million, for the second quarter and 6% growth, or $366 million, for the first two quarters), and incremental revenues from 561 net new Starbucks^® company-operated store openings over the past 12 months (approximately $150 million and $291 million, respectively). Partially offsetting these increases was the impact of unfavorable foreign currency translation (approximately $61 million for the second quarter and $95 million for the first two quarters).

Licensed store revenue growth also contributed to the increase in total net revenues for the second quarter and first two quarters of fiscal 2015 (contributing $65 million and $147 million, respectively). These increases were primarily a result of increased La Boulange food sales to our licensees in the Americas segment, as well as increased product sales to and royalty revenues from our licensees, primarily resulting from improved comparable store sales and the opening of 953 net new Starbucks^® licensed stores over the past 12 months. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in licensed store revenues from the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately $12 million and $20 million, respectively).

CPG, foodservice and other revenues increased $70 million and $122 million for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, respectively. These increases were primarily due to increased sales of premium single-serve products (approximately $35 million for the second quarter and $61 million for the first two quarters), foodservice sales (approximately $12 million for the second quarter and $17 million for the first two quarters) and U.S. packaged coffee (approximately $10 million for the second quarter and $23 million for the first two quarters).

Table of Contents

Operating Expenses



	Quarter Ended								Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
					% of Total Net Revenues									% of Total Net Revenues
Cost of sales including occupancy costs	$	1,859.8	$	1,629.2	40.8	%	42.1	%	$	3,851.0	$	3,424.2		41.1	%	42.2	%
Store operating expenses	1,324.6		1,134.5		29.0		29.3		2,640.1		2,309.6			28.2		28.5
Other operating expenses	133.5		110.9		2.9		2.9		262.9		225.8			2.8		2.8
Depreciation and amortization expenses	217.1		174.4		4.8		4.5		423.1		344.1			4.5		4.2
General and administrative expenses	305.9		240.6		6.7		6.2		604.3		483.2			6.5		6.0
Litigation credit	—		—		—		—		—		(20.2		)	—		(0.2	)
Total operating expenses	3,840.9		3,289.6		84.2		84.9		7,781.4		6,766.7			83.1		83.4
Income from equity investees	54.9		59.9		1.2		1.5		107.7		111.0			1.1		1.4
Operating income	$	777.5	$	644.1	17.0	%	16.6	%	$	1,693.1	$	1,457.7		18.1	%	18.0	%
Store operating expenses as a % of related revenues					36.6	%	37.0	%						35.7	%	36.0	%

Cost of sales including occupancy costs as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 130 basis points for the second quarter and 110 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily driven by sales leverage (approximately 90 basis points for the second quarter and 80 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015) and cost of sales efficiencies (approximately 40 basis points in both periods).

Store operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 30 basis points for the second quarter and for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. Store operating expenses as a percentage of company-operated store revenues decreased 40 basis points for the second quarter and 30 basis points for the first two quarters, primarily driven by sales leverage (approximately 110 basis points and 100 basis points, respectively), partially offset by increased salaries and benefits driven by increased store partner (employee) investments (approximately 120 basis points and 70 basis points respectively). Decreased marketing (approximately 30 basis points) also contributed to the decrease for the second quarter.

Other operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues were flat for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of company-operated store revenues, other operating expenses increased 40 basis points for the quarter and were flat for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. The impairment of certain assets in the Americas segment (approximately 90 basis points for the second quarter and 50 basis points for the first two quarters), partially offset by sales leverage, drove the change for both periods.

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased 30 basis points for both the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily due to the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately 30 basis points in each period).

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total net revenues increased 50 basis points for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. The second quarter increase was primarily due to increased performance-based compensation expense (approximately 40 basis points). The increase for the first two quarters was primarily due to increased professional fees (approximately 30 basis points) and higher performance based-compensation expense (approximately 20 basis points).

The $20.2 million decrease in litigation credit for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 was due to lapping of a prior year credit related to a reduction of our estimated prejudgment interest payable associated with the Kraft arbitration, as a result of paying our obligation earlier than anticipated.

The overall increase in operating margin of 40 basis points for the second quarter and 10 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 were driven by the changes discussed above, including the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan and the acquisition-related transaction and integration costs, which contributed unfavorably to operating margin 100 basis points for the second quarter and 90 basis points for the first two quarters.

Table of Contents

Other Income and Expenses



	Quarter Ended										Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
							% of Total Net Revenues										% of Total Net Revenues
Operating income	$	777.5		$	644.1		17.0	%	16.6	%	$	1,693.1		$	1,457.7		18.1	%	18.0	%
Gain resulting from acquisition of joint venture	—			—			—		—		390.6			—			4.2		—
Interest income and other, net	1.3			17.8			—		0.5		11.1			37.6			0.1		0.5
Interest expense	(16.9		)	(16.7		)	(0.4	)	(0.4	)	(33.2		)	(31.3		)	(0.4	)	(0.4	)
Earnings before income taxes	761.9			645.2			16.7		16.7		2,061.6			1,464.0			22.0		18.0
Income taxes	266.3			218.3			5.8		5.6		581.2			496.4			6.2		6.1
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests	495.6			426.9			10.9		11.0		1,480.4			967.6			15.8		11.9
Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests	0.7			(0.1		)	—		—		2.1			—			—		—
Net earnings attributable to Starbucks	$	494.9		$	427.0		10.8	%	11.0	%	$	1,478.3		$	967.6		15.8	%	11.9	%
Effective tax rate including noncontrolling interests							35.0	%	33.8	%							28.2	%	33.9	%

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we recorded a gain of $391 million as a result of remeasuring our preexisting 39.5% ownership interest in Starbucks Japan to fair value upon acquisition.

Net interest income and other decreased $17 million for the second quarter and $27 million for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. The decrease for the second quarter was primarily the result of lower income recognized on unredeemed stored value card balances due to an increase in the expected future customer redemption rate (approximately $13 million). The decrease for the first two quarters was primarily due to net unfavorable fair value adjustments from derivative instruments used to manage our risk of commodity price fluctuations (approximately $24 million) and lower income recognized on unredeemed stored value card balances due to an increase in the expected future customer redemption rate and timing (approximately $9 million).

Interest expense increased $0.2 million for the second quarter and $2 million for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. The increase for the first two quarters was due to incurring a full quarter of interest in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 on the long-term debt we issued in December of fiscal 2014.

The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 29, 2015 was 35.0% compared to 33.8% for the same quarter in fiscal 2014. The increase was primarily due to slightly higher international taxes, including the impact of consolidating Starbucks Japan. The effective tax rate for the two quarters ended March 29, 2015 was 28.2% compared to 33.9% for the same period in fiscal 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the 7.0% impact of the gain associated with the remeasurement of our preexisting 39.5% ownership interest in Starbucks Japan upon acquisition, which was almost entirely non-taxable.

Table of Contents

Segment Information

Results of operations by segment (in millions):

Americas



	Quarter Ended								Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
					% of Americas Net Revenues								% of Americas Net Revenues
Net revenues:
Company-operated stores	$	2,818.6	$	2,561.3	90.1	%	91.2	%	$	5,829.2	$	5,348.2	89.8	%	90.9	%
Licensed stores	301.9		237.8		9.7		8.5		648.1		512.1		10.0		8.7
Foodservice and other	7.5		9.7		0.2		0.3		17.6		21.4		0.3		0.4
Total net revenues	3,128.0		2,808.8		100.0		100.0		6,494.9		5,881.7		100.0		100.0
Cost of sales including occupancy costs	1,135.8		1,059.6		36.3		37.7		2,396.8		2,223.8		36.9		37.8
Store operating expenses	1,065.0		963.9		34.0		34.3		2,149.4		1,963.5		33.1		33.4
Other operating expenses	36.4		23.7		1.2		0.8		66.6		49.0		1.0		0.8
Depreciation and amortization expenses	128.6		114.8		4.1		4.1		255.7		227.1		3.9		3.9
General and administrative expenses	52.6		41.2		1.7		1.5		99.3		80.7		1.5		1.4
Total operating expenses	2,418.4		2,203.2		77.3		78.4		4,967.8		4,544.1		76.5		77.3
Operating income	$	709.6	$	605.6	22.7	%	21.6	%	$	1,527.1	$	1,337.6	23.5	%	22.7	%
Store operating expenses as a % of related revenues					37.8	%	37.6	%					36.9	%	36.7	%

Revenues

Americas total net revenues for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 increased $319 million, or 11%, and $613 million, or 10%, respectively. These increases were primarily due to higher revenues from company-operated stores (contributing $257 million and $481 million, respectively) and licensed stores (contributing $64 million and $136 million, respectively).

The increase in company-operated store revenues was driven by 7% growth in comparable store sales (approximately $175 million) for the second quarter and 6% growth in comparable store sales (approximately $314 million) for the first two quarters, as well as incremental revenues from 348 net new Starbucks^® company-operated store openings over the past 12 months (approximately $106 million for the second quarter and $210 million for the first two quarters). Partially offsetting these increases was unfavorable foreign currency translation (approximately $24 million for the second quarter and $45 million for the first two quarters), primarily driven by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar.

The increase in licensed store revenues for the second quarter and the first two quarters was primarily due to increased La Boulange food sales to our licensees beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, as well as other product sales to and royalty revenues from our licensees, resulting from improved comparable store sales and the opening of 286 net new licensed stores over the past 12 months, also contributed.

Operating Expenses

Cost of sales including occupancy costs as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 140 basis points for the second quarter and 90 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily driven by sales leverage (approximately 50 basis points for the second quarter and 40 basis points for the first two quarters), as well as cost of sales efficiencies (approximately 40 basis points in both periods).

Store operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 30 basis points for both the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. Store operating expenses as a percentage of company-operated store revenues increased 20 basis points for both periods. These increases were primarily driven by increased salaries and benefits driven by increased store

Table of Contents

partner (employee) investments (approximately 120 basis points for the second quarter and 70 basis points for the first two quarters) and various increased operational expenses related to in-store initiatives (approximately 30 basis points for the second quarter and 20 basis points for the first two quarters), partially offset by sales leverage (approximately 110 basis points and 90 basis points, respectively).

Other operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues increased 40 basis points for the second quarter and 20 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of company-operated store revenues, other operating expenses increased 220 basis points for the second quarter and 80 basis points for the first two quarters, primarily driven by the impairment of certain assets in the region (approximately 280 basis points for the second quarter and 130 basis points for the first two quarters). Sales leverage partially offset the increase for both periods.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total net revenues increased 20 basis points for the second quarter and 10 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, driven by higher performance-based compensation (approximately 30 basis points for the second quarter and 20 basis points for the first two quarters).

The combination of these changes resulted in an overall increase in operating margin of 110 basis points for the second quarter and 80 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015.

EMEA



	Quarter Ended								Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
					% of EMEA Net Revenues								% of EMEA Net Revenues
Net revenues:
Company-operated stores	$	212.5	$	245.5	75.8	%	79.2	%	$	470.2	$	514.5	76.6	%	79.2	%
Licensed stores	56.6		54.4		20.2		17.6		119.9		115.0		19.5		17.7
Foodservice	11.2		10.0		4.0		3.2		23.6		20.0		3.8		3.1
Total net revenues	280.3		309.9		100.0		100.0		613.7		649.5		100.0		100.0
Cost of sales including occupancy costs	135.0		158.3		48.2		51.1		291.4		326.5		47.5		50.3
Store operating expenses	76.2		92.4		27.2		29.8		162.0		188.8		26.4		29.1
Other operating expenses	13.5		11.8		4.8		3.8		27.2		23.4		4.4		3.6
Depreciation and amortization expenses	12.7		14.8		4.5		4.8		26.5		29.4		4.3		4.5
General and administrative expenses	14.7		16.0		5.2		5.2		28.7		32.1		4.7		4.9
Total operating expenses	252.1		293.3		89.9		94.6		535.8		600.2		87.3		92.4
Income from equity investees	1.0		1.1		0.4		0.4		1.2		1.9		0.2		0.3
Operating income	$	29.2	$	17.7	10.4	%	5.7	%	$	79.1	$	51.2	12.9	%	7.9	%
Store operating expenses as a % of related revenues					35.9	%	37.6	%					34.5	%	36.7	%

Revenues

EMEA total net revenues decreased $30 million, or 10%, for the second quarter and decreased $36 million, or 6% for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. The decreases were primarily from a decline in company-operated store revenues (approximately $33 million and $44 million, respectively). The decreases in company-operated store revenues were driven by unfavorable foreign currency translation (approximately $31 million and $42 million, respectively) and the transfer of certain stores in the UK from company-operated to licensed (approximately $9 million for the second quarter and $17 million for the first two quarters), partially offset by a 2% increase in comparable store sales (approximately $5 million) for the second quarter and a 3% increase in comparable store sales (approximately $15 million) for the first two quarters.

Licensed store revenues increased (approximately $2 million for the second quarter and $5 million for the first two quarters), due to higher product sales to and royalty revenues from our licensees (approximately $6 million for the second quarter and $15 million for the first two quarters), primarily from the opening of 188 net new licensed stores over the past 12 months and

Table of Contents

improved comparable store sales, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation (approximately $1 million for the second quarter and $5 million for the first two quarters).

Operating Expenses

Cost of sales including occupancy costs as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 290 basis points for the second quarter and 280 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily due to favorable foreign currency exchange (approximately 170 basis points for the second quarter and 130 basis points for the first two quarters). We buy and sell products, primarily roasted coffee, in multiple currencies throughout the region depending on the functional currency of each market. Differences in those rates generated favorable foreign currency exchange for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 resulting in a benefit in cost of sales. Sales leverage (approximately 80 basis points for the second quarter and 70 basis points for the first two quarters), driven by the shift to more licensed stores in the region, also contributed.

Store operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 260 basis points for the second quarter and 270 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. As a percentage of company-operated store revenues, store operating expenses decreased 170 basis points for the second quarter and 220 basis points for the first two quarters, primarily due to gains on the sales of certain store assets in the region (approximately 140 basis points for the second quarter and 100 basis points for the first two quarters). For the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, sales leverage driven by the shift to more licensed stores also contributed (approximately 60 basis points).

Other operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues increased 100 basis points for the second quarter and 80 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of company-operated store revenues, other operating expenses increased 160 basis points for the second quarter and 170 basis points for the first two quarters, primarily driven by increased costs to grow our non-retail operations in the region (approximately 190 basis points for the second quarter and 160 basis points for the first two quarters).

The combination of these changes resulted in an overall increase in operating margin of 470 basis points for the second quarter and 500 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015.

China/Asia Pacific



	Quarter Ended								Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
					% of CAP Net Revenues								% of CAP Net Revenues
Net revenues:
Company-operated stores	$	532.3	$	202.5	89.4	%	76.3	%	$	954.1	$	404.1	87.5	%	75.9	%
Licensed stores	61.4		62.8		10.3		23.7		134.6		128.1		12.3		24.1
Foodservice and other	1.5		—		0.3		—		2.3		—		0.2		—
Total net revenues	595.2		265.3		100.0		100.0		1,091.0		532.2		100.0		100.0
Cost of sales including occupancy costs	269.4		127.4		45.3		48.0		503.0		260.2		46.1		48.9
Store operating expenses	157.0		52.4		26.4		19.8		274.8		103.7		25.2		19.5
Other operating expenses	12.5		11.1		2.1		4.2		27.6		21.7		2.5		4.1
Depreciation and amortization expenses	37.0		11.8		6.2		4.4		65.1		22.0		6.0		4.1
General and administrative expenses	32.4		13.0		5.4		4.9		58.1		27.1		5.3		5.1
Total operating expenses	508.3		215.7		85.4		81.3		928.6		434.7		85.1		81.7
Income from equity investees	25.5		37.4		4.3		14.1		58.2		70.5		5.3		13.2
Operating income	$	112.4	$	87.0	18.9	%	32.8	%	$	220.6	$	168.0	20.2	%	31.6	%
Store operating expenses as a % of related revenues					29.5	%	25.9	%					28.8	%	25.7	%

Discussion of our China/Asia Pacific segment results below reflects the impact of fully consolidating Starbucks Japan due to the ownership change from an equity method joint venture to a company-operated market since the acquisition date of October

Table of Contents

31, 2014. Under the joint venture model, we recognized royalties and product sales within revenue and related product cost of sales as well as our proportionate share of Starbucks Japan’s net earnings, which we recognized within income from equity investees. This resulted in a very high operating margin. Under the company-operated ownership model, Starbucks Japan’s operating results are reflected in most income statement lines of this segment and have an operating margin more in line with that of our other retail businesses.

Revenues

China/Asia Pacific total net revenues for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 increased $330 million, or 124%, and $559 million, or 105%, respectively. The increases were primarily from an increase in company-operated store revenues (approximately $330 million for the quarter and $550 million for the first two quarters), driven by incremental revenues from the acquisition of Starbucks Japan (approximately $281 million and $460 million, respectively). Also contributing were incremental revenues from 232 net new company-operated store openings over the past 12 months (approximately $41 million for the second quarter and $81 million for the first two quarters) and an increase in comparable store sales (approximately 12% growth, or $22 million, for the second quarter and 10% growth, or $37 million, for the first two quarters).

Licensed store revenues decreased $1 million for the second quarter and increased $7 million for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. The decrease for the second quarter was primarily the result of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately $12 million), partially offset by increased product sales to and royalty revenues from licensees (approximately $6 million), resulting from the opening of 479 net new licensed stores over the past 12 months, and incremental revenues from the transfer of stores in Australia and Malaysia to licensed stores in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 (approximately $4 million). The increase for the first two quarters was primarily due to increased product sales to and royalty revenues from licensees (approximately $18 million), resulting from the opening of 479 net new licensed stores over the past 12 months, and incremental revenues from the transfer of stores in Australia and Malaysia to licensed stores in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 (approximately $9 million), partially offset by the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately $20 million).

Operating Expenses

Cost of sales including occupancy costs as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 270 basis points for the second quarter and 280 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily due to the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately 200 basis points and 220 basis points, respectively). Sales leverage on occupancy costs also contributed(approximately 60 basis points for both periods).

Store operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues increased 660 basis points for the second quarter and 570 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. As a percentage of company-operated store revenues, store operating expenses increased 360 basis points for the second quarter and 310 basis points for the first two quarters, primarily from the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately 480 basis points and 460 basis points, respectively), partially offset by the impact of the sale of our Australia retail operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 (approximately 70 basis points and 80 basis points, respectively) and sales leverage (approximately 70 basis points and 40 basis points, respectively).

Other operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 210 basis points for the second quarter and 160 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of company-operated store revenues, other operating expenses increased 220 basis points for the second quarter and 330 basis points for the first two quarters, primarily due to the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately 430 basis points and 400 basis points, respectively). These increases were partially offset by the impact of the conversion of our Malaysia joint venture to a fully licensed market (approximately 130 basis points and 120 basis points, respectively) and the sale of our Australia retail operations (approximately 60 basis points and 60 basis points, respectively) in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014.

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased 180 basis points for the second quarter and 190 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 due to the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately 190 basis points for both periods).

Income from equity investees as a percentage of total net revenues declined 980 basis points for the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and 790 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily driven by the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately 840 basis points and 690 basis points, respectively). The remaining change in income from equity investees was an increase of $1.5 million for the second quarter and $4.6 million for the first two quarters, which was primarily driven by higher income from our joint venture operations in China and Taiwan, partially offset by the absence of income from our Malaysia joint venture, which was converted to a fully licensed market in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The accelerated growth in segment revenues, driven by the shift in the composition of our store portfolio to more company-operated stores, also contributed to income from equity investees declining as a percentage of total net revenues.

Table of Contents

The overall decrease in operating margin of 1,390 basis points for the second quarter and 1,140 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 was primarily driven by the impact of our ownership change in Starbucks Japan (approximately 1,470 and 1,270 basis points, respectively), partially offset by 80 basis points of margin expansion for the second quarter and 130 basis points of margin expansion for the first two quarters driven by the other items discussed above.

Channel Development



	Quarter Ended								Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014
					% of Channel Development Net Revenues								% of Channel Development Net Revenues
Net revenues:
CPG	$	329.8	$	282.1	77.1	%	76.2	%	$	673.5	$	588.5	77.4	%	76.3	%
Foodservice	98.2		88.3		22.9		23.8		197.0		183.0		22.6		23.7
Total net revenues	428.0		370.4		100.0		100.0		870.5		771.5		100.0		100.0
Cost of sales	244.5		213.6		57.1		57.7		493.8		459.2		56.7		59.5
Other operating expenses	50.9		46.6		11.9		12.6		102.0		94.6		11.7		12.3
Depreciation and amortization expenses	0.6		0.4		0.1		0.1		1.3		0.8		0.1		0.1
General and administrative expenses	4.3		3.9		1.0		1.1		8.4		9.3		1.0		1.2
Total operating expenses	300.3		264.5		70.2		71.4		605.5		563.9		69.6		73.1
Income from equity investees	28.4		21.4		6.6		5.8		48.3		38.6		5.5		5.0
Operating income	$	156.1	$	127.3	36.5	%	34.4	%	$	313.3	$	246.2	36.0	%	31.9	%

Revenues

Channel Development total net revenues for the second quarter and the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 increased $58 million, or 16%, and $99 million, or 13%, respectively, primarily due to higher sales of premium single-serve products (approximately $35 million for the second quarter and $61 million for the first two quarters) and U.S. packaged coffee (approximately $10 million for the second quarter and $23 million for the first two quarters). Also contributing to the growth in total net revenues was an increase in foodservice sales (approximately $10 million for the second quarter and $14 million for the first two quarters).

Operating Expenses

Cost of sales as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 60 basis points for the second quarter and 280 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily due to efficiencies in cost of sales (approximately 80 basis points and 150 basis points, respectively). Lower coffee costs also contributed to the decrease for the first two quarters (approximately 80 basis points).

Other operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues decreased 70 basis points for the second quarter and 60 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily driven by sales leverage (approximately 60 basis points and 70 basis points, respectively).

Income from equity investees increased $7 million for the second quarter and $10 million for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, due to higher income from our North American Coffee Partnership joint venture, primarily due to increased sales of bottled Frappuccino® beverages.

The combination of these changes resulted in an overall increase in operating margin of 210 basis points for the second quarter and 410 basis points for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015.

Table of Contents

All Other Segments



	Quarter Ended								Two Quarters Ended
	Mar 29, 2015			Mar 30, 2014			% Change		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		% Change
Net revenues:
Company-operated stores	$	59.5		$	58.7		1.4	%	$	142.2	$	145.0	(1.9	)%
Licensed stores	1.4			1.2			16.7		2.7		2.8		(3.6	)
CPG, foodservice and other	71.1			59.5			19.5		151.8		130.7		16.1
Total net revenues	132.0			119.4			10.6		296.7		$	278.5	6.5
Cost of sales including occupancy costs	76.6			68.8			11.3		169.8		151.3		12.2
Store operating expenses	26.4			25.8			2.3		53.9		53.6		0.6
Other operating expenses	20.3			18.0			12.8		39.8		37.6		5.9
Depreciation and amortization expenses	3.9			3.7			5.4		7.9		7.3		8.2
General and administrative expenses	8.9			10.9			(18.3	)	18.9		22.6		(16.4	)
Total operating expenses	136.1			127.2			7.0		290.3		272.4		6.6
Operating income/(loss)	$	(4.1	)	$	(7.8	)	(47.4	)%	$	6.4	$	6.1	4.9	%

All Other Segments includes Teavana, Seattle's Best Coffee, Evolution Fresh, and Digital Ventures.

Total net revenues for All Other Segments increased $13 million for the second quarter and $18 million for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015. The increase for both periods was primarily driven by higher Seattle's Best Coffee and e-commerce sales.

Total operating expenses increased $9 million for the second quarter and $18 million for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, primarily from an increase in cost of sales.

Table of Contents

Quarterly Store Data

Effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we revised our store count policy such that we will no longer recast historical store counts upon a change in ownership model. These transfers will rather be reflected as current period activity within "net stores opened/(closed) and transferred during the period." Our store data for the periods presented is as follows:



	Net stores opened/(closed) and transferred during the period
	Quarter Ended				Two Quarters Ended				Stores open as of
	Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015		Mar 30, 2014		Mar 29, 2015	Mar 30, 2014
Americas⁽¹⁾
Company-operated stores	52		59		119		86		8,514	8,164
Licensed stores	(54	)	69		89		184		5,885	5,599
Total Americas	(2	)	128		208		270		14,399	13,763
EMEA⁽²⁾
Company-operated stores	(17	)	1		(24	)	4		793	830
Licensed stores	52		31		117		92		1,440	1,235
Total EMEA	35		32		93		96		2,233	2,065
China/Asia Pacific ^(3,4)
Company-operated stores	66		53		1,137		114		2,269	996
Licensed stores	110		121		(727	)	269		2,765	3,269
Total China/Asia Pacific	176		174		410		383		5,034	4,265
All Other Segments
Company-operated stores	1		4		10		11		379	368
Licensed stores	—		(3	)	1		(8	)	43	58
Total All Other Segments	1		1		11		3		422	426
Total Company	210		335		722		752		22,088	20,519

⁽¹⁾ Americas store data includes the closure of 132 Target Canada licensed stores in the second quarter of fiscal 2015.

⁽²⁾EMEA store data has been adjusted for the transfer of certain company-operated stores to licensed stores in the second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014.

⁽³⁾ CAP store data includes the transfer of 1,009 Japan stores from licensed stores to company-operated as a result of the acquisition of Starbucks Japan in the first quarter of fiscal 2015.

⁽⁴⁾CAP store data has been adjusted for the transfer of certain company-operated stores to licensed stores in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Investment Overview

Starbucks cash and investments totaled $2.2 billion as of both March 29, 2015 and September 28, 2014. As discussed below, in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 we paid ¥55 billion ($509 million) in cash to acquire Sazaby's 39.5% ownership interest in Starbucks Japan in the first tender offer step, and we paid ¥31.0 billion ($258 million) in cash in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 to acquire an additional 14.7% ownership interest. We actively manage our cash and investments in order to internally fund operating needs, make scheduled interest and principal payments on our borrowings and return cash to shareholders through common stock cash dividend payments and share repurchases. Our investment portfolio primarily includes highly liquid available-for-sale securities, including corporate bonds, government treasury securities (foreign and domestic), mortgage and asset-backed securities, agency obligations and state and local government obligations. As of March 29, 2015, approximately $1.1 billion of our cash and investments were held in foreign subsidiaries.

Borrowing Capacity

The indentures under which all of our Senior Notes were issued, as detailed in Note 7, Debt, to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q, require us to maintain compliance with certain covenants,

Table of Contents

including limits on future liens and sale and leaseback transactions on certain material properties. As of March 29, 2015, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants.

Our $750 million unsecured, revolving credit facility with various banks, of which $150 million may be used for issuances of letters of credit, is available for working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes, including acquisitions and share repurchases. During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we extended the duration of our credit facility, which is now set to mature on January 21, 2020, and amended certain facility fees and borrowing rates. Starbucks has the option, subject to negotiation and agreement with the related banks, to increase the maximum commitment amount by an additional $750 million. Borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR, and, for U.S. dollar-denominated loans under certain circumstances, a Base Rate (as defined in the credit facility), in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on the better of (i) the Company's long-term credit ratings assigned by Moody's and Standard & Poor's rating agencies and (ii) the Company's fixed charge coverage ratio, pursuant to a pricing grid set forth in the credit facility. The current applicable margin is 0.680% for Eurocurrency Rate Loans and 0.00% for Base Rate Loans. The credit facility contains provisions requiring us to maintain compliance with certain covenants, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, which measures our ability to cover financing expenses. As of March 29, 2015, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants. No amounts were outstanding under our credit facility as of March 29, 2015.

Under our commercial paper program, as approved by our Board of Directors, we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding at any time of $1 billion, with individual maturities that may vary but not exceed 397 days from the date of issue. Amounts outstanding under the commercial paper program are to be backstopped by available commitments under our credit facility. Currently, we may issue up to $750 million under our commercial paper program (which represents the full committed credit facility as outstanding letters of credit were not material as of March 29, 2015). The proceeds from borrowings under our commercial paper program may be used for working capital needs, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes, including acquisitions and share repurchases. We had no borrowings under our commercial paper program during the second quarter of fiscal 2015.

We continually evaluate liquidity and funding needs and potentially anticipate issuing long-term debt in fiscal 2015 to provide us with financial flexibility for general corporate purposes. As discussed further in Note 3, Derivative Financial Instruments, to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q, during the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we entered into forward-starting interest rate swap agreements to hedge the variability in cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate related to this potential debt issuance.

Use of Cash

We expect to use our available cash and investments, including additional potential future borrowings under the credit facility and commercial paper program, to invest in our core businesses, including new product innovations and related marketing support, as well as other new business opportunities related to our core businesses. Further, we may use our available cash resources to make proportionate capital contributions to our equity method and cost method investees. We may also seek strategic acquisitions to leverage existing capabilities and further build our business in support of our growth agenda. Acquisitions may include increasing our ownership interests in our equity method and cost method investees. Any decisions to increase such ownership interests will be driven by valuation and fit with our ownership strategy.

We believe that future cash flows generated from operations and existing cash and investments both domestically and internationally will be sufficient to finance capital requirements for our core businesses in those respective markets as well as shareholder distributions for the foreseeable future. Significant new joint ventures, acquisitions and/or other new business opportunities may require additional outside funding. We have borrowed funds domestically and continue to believe we have the ability to do so at reasonable interest rates; however, additional borrowings would result in increased interest expense in the future.

As described in Note 2, Acquisition, to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q, in September 2014, we entered into a tender offer bid agreement with Starbucks Japan and our joint venture partner, Sazaby League, Ltd., to acquire the remaining 60.5% ownership interest in Starbucks Japan for approximately $880 million, through a two-step tender offer. In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we funded the first tender offer step with $509 million in offshore cash. At the close of the second tender offer period, which ended on December 22, 2014, we funded the second tender offer step with $258 million in offshore cash, but did not complete the second tender offer or obtain control of these shares until the settlement date of December 29, 2014, which was the first day of our second quarter of fiscal 2015. Subsequent to the completion of the second tender offer step, we commenced a cash-out procedure under Japanese law to acquire all remaining shares. On March 26, 2015, we obtained control of these shares, resulting in 100% ownership of Starbucks Japan. We expect to fund the cash-out with approximately $113 million in offshore cash in the third quarter of fiscal 2015.

We consider the majority of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries and equity investees as of March 29, 2015 to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have been provided on such earnings. We have not, nor do we anticipate the need to, repatriate funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs; however, in the

Table of Contents

event that we need to repatriate all or a portion of our foreign cash to the U.S. we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, which could be material. We do not believe it is practicable to calculate the potential tax impact of repatriation, as there is a significant amount of uncertainty around the calculation, including the availability and amount of foreign tax credits at the time of repatriation, tax rates in effect, and other indirect tax consequences associated with repatriation.

Other than normal operating expenses and the completion of the cash-out procedure described above related to funding the acquisition of Starbucks Japan, cash requirements for the remainder of fiscal 2015 are expected to consist primarily of capital expenditures for new company-operated stores; remodeling and refurbishment of, and equipment upgrades for, existing company-operated stores; systems and technology investments in the stores and in the support infrastructure; and additional investments in manufacturing capacity. Total capital expenditures for fiscal 2015 are expected to be approximately $1.4 billion.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend to shareholders of $0.16 per share to be paid on May 22, 2015 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on May 7, 2015. We repurchased 8.6 million shares of common stock ($342.4 million) during the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 under the current share repurchase authorization. The number of remaining shares authorized for repurchase as of March 29, 2015 totaled 23.1 million.

Cash Flows

Cash provided by operating activities was $2.0 billion for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015, compared to cash used by operating activities of $983.5 million for the same period in fiscal 2014. The increase was primarily driven by lapping the prior year payment of $2.8 billion for the Kraft arbitration matter. The remaining change of $220.5 million was primarily due to increased earnings, partially offset by changes in working capital accounts mainly due to timing.

Cash used by investing activities for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 totaled $872.8 million, compared to $549.0 million for the same period in fiscal 2014. The change was primarily due to the use of cash to acquire Sazaby's 39.5% ownership interest in Starbucks Japan in the first quarter of fiscal 2015.

Cash used by financing activities for the first two quarters of fiscal 2015 totaled $975.4 million, compared to cash provided of $157.4 million for the same period in fiscal 2014. The change was primarily due to lapping the receipt of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt in the first quarter of fiscal 2014, as well as cash used to fund the second tender offer step of the Starbucks Japan acquisition in the second quarter of fiscal 2015. Also contributing was increased cash returned to shareholders through higher dividend payments and share repurchases compared to the first two quarters of fiscal 2014.

Contractual Obligations

In Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in the 10-K, we disclosed that we had $8.7 billion in total contractual obligations as of September 28, 2014. There have been no material changes to this total obligation during the period covered by this 10-Q outside of the addition of our estimated minimum future rental payments of approximately $476.8 million under the acquired non-cancelable operating leases and lease financing arrangements resulting from the acquisition of Starbucks Japan discussed in Note 2, Acquisition, to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

There has been no material change in our off-balance sheet arrangements discussed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in the 10-K.

Commodity Prices, Availability and General Risk Conditions

Commodity price risk represents our primary market risk, generated by our purchases of green coffee and dairy products, among other items. We purchase, roast and sell high quality whole bean arabica coffee and related products and risk arises from the price volatility of green coffee. In addition to coffee, we also purchase significant amounts of dairy products to support the needs of our company-operated stores. The price and availability of these commodities directly impact our results of operations and we expect commodity prices, particularly coffee, to impact future results of operations. For additional details see Product Supply in Item 1 of the 10-K, as well as Risk Factors in Item 1A of the 10-K.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, including fluctuations resulting from the holiday season in December. Excluding the impact of our $2.8 billion cash payment in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 related to the Kraft arbitration matter, our cash flows from operations are considerably higher in the first fiscal quarter than the remainder of the year. This is largely driven by cash received as Starbucks Cards are issued to and loaded by customers during the holiday season. Since revenues from the Starbucks Card are recognized upon redemption and not when cash is loaded onto them, the impact of seasonal fluctuations on the consolidated statements of earnings is much less pronounced. Quarterly results are affected by the timing of

Table of Contents

the opening of new stores and the closing of existing stores. For these reasons, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q.


Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

There has been no material change in the commodity price risk, foreign currency exchange risk, equity security price risk, or interest rate risk discussed in Item 7A of the 10-K.


Item 4.	Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report (March 29, 2015).

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect internal control over financial reporting except as noted below:

We acquired Starbucks Japan during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 (see Note 2, Acquisition, to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q). As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff interpretive guidance for newly acquired businesses, management excluded Starbucks Japan from its evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of March 29, 2015. We are in the process of documenting and testing Starbucks Japan's internal controls over financial reporting and plan to incorporate Starbucks Japan in our evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. Starbucks Japan contributed $1.8 billion to our consolidated total assets as of March 29, 2015, and $291.3 million and $32.5 million to our consolidated net revenues and operating income, respectively, for the quarter ended March 29, 2015. Starbucks Japan contributed $484.1 million and $62.2 million to our consolidated net revenues and operating income, respectively, for the two quarters ended March 29, 2015.

The certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are filed as exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this 10-Q.

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION


Item 1.	Legal Proceedings

Starbucks is party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, at times, certain employment litigation cases that have been certified as class or collective actions, but is not currently a party to any legal proceeding that management believes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


Item 1A.	Risk Factors

There have been no material changes to the risk factors previously disclosed in the 10-K.

Table of Contents

Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Information regarding repurchases of our common stock during the quarter ended March 29, 2015, as adjusted to give effect to the two-for-one stock split discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q:



	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs⁽²⁾
Period⁽¹⁾
December 29, 2014 — January 25, 2015	1,785,218	$	40.60	1,785,218	24,331,814
January 26, 2015 — February 22, 2015	805,400	44.65		805,400	23,526,414
February 23, 2015 — March 29, 2015	379,812	47.15		379,812	23,146,602
Total	2,970,430	$	42.53	2,970,430


⁽¹⁾	Monthly information is presented by reference to our fiscal months during the second quarter of fiscal 2015.

⁽²⁾

The share repurchase program is conducted under authorizations made from time to time by our Board of Directors. The shares reported in the table are covered by the November 15, 2012 publicly announced Board authorization to repurchase up to 50 million shares, as adjusted to give effect to the two-for-one stock split discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, included in Item 1 of Part I of this 10-Q. This authorization has no expiration date.

Table of Contents


Item 6.	Exhibits



		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Date of Filing	Exhibit Number	Filed Herewith
3.1⁽¹⁾	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Starbucks Corporation	—	—	—	—	X
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Starbucks Corporation (As amended and restated through January 20, 2015)	8-K	0-20322	1/22/2015	3.1
10.1	Offer Letter dated January 22, 2015 between Starbucks Corporation and Kevin Johnson	8-K	0-20322	1/22/2015	10.1
10.2	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of January 21, 2015 made by and among Starbucks Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and each of the Lenders signatory thereto.	8-K	0-20322	1/23/2015	10.1
10.3⁽²⁾	Credit Agreement dated as of February 5, 2013, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2013 and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of January 21, 2015 made by and among Starbucks Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and each of the Lenders signatory thereto (composite copy).	—	—	—	—	X
10.4	Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective March 20, 2013, and as restated on April 9, 2015 to reflect adjustments for the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on such date.	—	—	—	—	X
10.5	Starbucks Employee Stock Purchase Plan - 1995 as amended and restated through April 1, 2009, and as restated on April 9, 2015 to reflect adjustments for the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on such date.	—	—	—	—	X
10.6	Starbucks Corporation 1991 Company-Wide Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated through March 18, 2009, and as restated on April 9, 2015 to reflect adjustments for the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on such date.	—	—	—	—	X
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	—	—	—	—	X
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	—	—	—	—	X
32*	Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	—	—	—	—	—
101	The following financial statements from the Company's 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2015, formatted in XBRL: (i) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings, (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	—	—	—	—	X

⁽¹⁾Incorporates amendments effective on March 18, 2015 that were previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2015.

⁽²⁾This composite copy has been prepared for informational purposes only; the original Credit Agreement, dated February 5, 2013, was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2013; Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2013, was filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed November 18, 2013; Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2015, was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 8-K filed January 23, 2015. The definitive agreements with respect to the Credit Agreement are set forth in the originally executed Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2 thereto.

* Furnished herewith.

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

April 28, 2015



	STARBUCKS CORPORATION

	By:		/s/ Scott Maw
			Scott Maw
			executive vice president, chief financial officer
			Signing on behalf of the registrant and as principal financial officer

Exhibit 3.1

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

Pursuant to RCW 23B10.070, the following Restated Articles of Incorporation are hereby submitted for filing.

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the corporation is Starbucks Corporation.

ARTICLE 2. DURATION

The period of the corporation’s duration is perpetual.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES

The corporation is organized for the purposes of transacting any and all business for which corporations may be incorporated under Title 23B of the Revised Code of Washington, as amended, including, but not limited to, establishing and operating retail coffee and espresso bars in the State of Washington and in other states.

ARTICLE 4. SHARES

The corporation shall have authority to issue 2,407,500,000 shares of capital stock, of which 2,400,000,000 shares will be common stock, and, 7,500,000 shares will be preferred stock.

4.1 Common Stock. The corporation shall have authority to issue up to 2,400,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share.

4.2 Preferred Stock. The corporation shall have authority to issue up to 7,500,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The Board of Directors shall have all rights afforded by applicable law to establish series of said preferred shares, the rights and preferences of each such series to be set forth in appropriate resolutions of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 5. DIRECTORS

5.1 Number of Directors. The number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in the Bylaws and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner specified therein.

5.2 Terms of Directors. Beginning with the corporation’s annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2007, the directors shall be elected for terms lasting until the next annual meeting of shareholders following their election, and until their successors are elected and qualified, subject to their earlier death, resignation or removal from the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 6. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

6.1 Common Stock. Shareholders of the Common Stock of the corporation shall not have preemptive rights to acquire shares of stock or securities convertible into shares of stock issued by the corporation.

6.2 Preferred Stock. Holders of Preferred Stock shall have preemptive rights subject to the rights and preferences as described under Article 4 of these Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE 7. CUMULATIVE VOTING

Shareholders of the corporation shall not have the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

ARTICLE 8. AMENDMENTS OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

The corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provisions contained in these Articles of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. All rights and powers conferred herein on shareholders and directors are subject to this reserved power.

ARTICLE 9. LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

To the full extent that the Washington Business Corporation Act, as it exists on the date hereof or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, a director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for his or her acts or omissions as a director. Any amendment to or repeal of this Article 9 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

The undersigned, as Secretary of Starbucks Corporation, executes these Restated Articles of Incorporation this 25^th day of March, 2015.

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

/s/ Lucy Lee Helm

Lucy Lee Helm

executive vice president, general counsel

and secretary

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE ACCOMPANYING

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

The Restated Articles of Incorporation do not contain an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation.

Dated: March 25, 2015

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

/s/ Lucy Lee Helm__________________

Lucy Lee Helm

executive vice president, general counsel

and secretary

Exhibit 10.3

Composite Copy

CUSIP Numbers: 85524LAE11(Syndicated Loans)

85524LAF8 (Revolver/Standard)

CREDIT AGREEMENT ¹

Dated as of February 5, 2013

as amended by

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2013

and

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of January 21, 2015

among

STARBUCKS CORPORATION,

as the Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer,

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Co-Syndication Agents,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

and

MORGAN STANLEY MUFG LOAN PARTNERS, LLC,

as Co-Documentation Agents,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

and

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

¹This composite copy of the Credit Agreement dated as of February 5, 2013 (the “Credit Agreement”) includes Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement and Amendment No.2 to the Credit Agreement. The composite copy is not an official copy of the Credit Agreement and is intended for information purposes only.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS


1.01	Defined Terms ................................................................................................................................................1


1.02	Other Interpretive Provisions...................................................................................................................28


1.03	Accounting Terms.......................................................................................................................................29


1.04	Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents................................................................................................30


1.05	Additional Alternative Currencies..........................................................................................................30


1.06	Change of Currency....................................................................................................................................31


1.07	Times of Day................................................................................................................................................31


1.08	Letter of Credit Amounts.............................................................................................................. ............31


1.09	Rounding........................................................................................................................................................32

ARTICLE II.

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS


2.01	Committed Loans........................................................................................................................................32


2.02	Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans............................................32


2.03	Bid Loans.......................................................................................................................................................34


2.04	Letters of Credit...........................................................................................................................................38


2.05	Swing Line Loans........................................................................................................................................47


2.06	Prepayments..................................................................................................................................................50


2.07	Termination or Reduction of Commitments........................................................................................51


2.08	Repayment of Loans...................................................................................................................................51


2.09	Interest ............................................................................................................................................................52


2.10	Fees..................................................................................................................................................................53


2.11	Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate................53


2.12	Evidence of Debt.........................................................................................................................................54


2.13	Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.................................................................55


2.14	Sharing of Payments by Lenders............................................................................................................57


2.15	Increase in Commitments.........................................................................................................................57


2.16	Cash Collateral............................................................................................................................................58


2.17	Defaulting Lenders.....................................................................................................................................60


2.18	Extension of Maturity Date.....................................................................................................................62

ARTICLE III.

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY


3.01	Taxes................................................................................................................................................................64


3.02	Illegality.........................................................................................................................................................69


3.03	Inability to Determine Rates....................................................................................................................69


3.04	Increased Costs; Additional Reserve Requirements.........................................................................70


3.05	Compensation for Losses..........................................................................................................................72


3.06	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.............................................................................72


3.07	Survival..........................................................................................................................................................73

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS


4.01	Conditions of Initial Credit Extension..................................................................................................73


4.02	Conditions to all Credit Extensions.......................................................................................................74

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


5.01	Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws........................................................76


5.02	Authorization; No Contravention...........................................................................................................76


5.03	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents...................................................................................76


5.04	Binding Effect ..............................................................................................................................................76


5.05	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect...........................................................................76


5.06	Litigation........................................................................................................................................................77


5.07	No Default.....................................................................................................................................................77


5.08	Ownership of Property; Liens .................................................................................................................77


5.09	Environmental Compliance......................................................................................................................77


5.10	Insurance........................................................................................................................................................78


5.11	Taxes................................................................................................................................................................78


5.12	ERISA Compliance.....................................................................................................................................78


5.13	Subsidiaries; Equity Interests..................................................................................................................79


5.14	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.................................................................................79


5.15	Disclosure......................................................................................................................................................79


5.16	Compliance with Laws..............................................................................................................................80


5.17	Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.......................................................................................................80


5.18	OFAC..............................................................................................................................................................80

ARTICLE VI.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS


6.01	Financial Statements...................................................................................................................................81


6.02	Certificates; Other Information...............................................................................................................81


6.03	Notices............................................................................................................................................................83


6.04	Payment of Obligations.............................................................................................................................83


6.05	Preservation of Existence, Etc.................................................................................................................83


6.06	Maintenance of Properties........................................................................................................................84


6.07	Maintenance of Insurance.........................................................................................................................84


6.08	Compliance with Laws..............................................................................................................................84


6.09	Books and Records.....................................................................................................................................84


6.10	Inspection Rights.........................................................................................................................................84


6.11	Use of Proceeds............................................................................................................................................85

ARTICLE VII.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS


7.01	Liens................................................................................................................................................... 85


7.02	Indebtedness..................................................................................................................................... 86


7.03	Fundamental Changes; Dispositions.........................................................................................87


7.04	Change in Nature of Business .....................................................................................................87


7.05	Transactions with Affiliates......................................................................................................... 87


7.06	Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio......................................................................... 87


7.07	Burdensome Agreements............................................................................................................ 87

ARTICLE VIII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES


8.01	Events of Default............................................................................................................................ 88


8.02	Remedies Upon Event of Default.............................................................................................. 90


8.03	Application of Funds..................................................................................................................... 90

ARTICLE IX.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT


9.01	Appointment and Authority......................................................................................................... 91


9.02	Rights as a Lender.......................................................................................................................... 92


9.03	Exculpatory Provisions................................................................................................................. 92


9.04	Reliance by Administrative Agent............................................................................................. 93


9.05	Delegation of Duties...................................................................................................................... 93

iii


9.06	Resignation of Administrative Agent....................................................................................... 93


9.07	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.............................................. 95


9.08	No Other Duties, Etc......................................................................................................................95


9.09	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.................................................................. 95

ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS


10.01	Amendments, Etc............................................................................................................................ ..96


10.02	Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication............................................................. ..97


10.03	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement................................................................. .100


10.04	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver......................................................................................100


10.05	Payments Set Aside........................................................................................................................ .102


10.06	Successors and Assigns................................................................................................................. .102


10.07	Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality................................................................107


10.08	Right of Setoff ...................................................................................................................................108


10.09	Interest Rate Limitation..................................................................................................................109


10.10	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness...................................................................................109


10.11	Survival of Representations and Warranties........................................................................... .109


10.12	Severability....................................................................................................................................... .109


10.13	Replacement of Lenders.................................................................................................................110


10.14	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.............................................................................................. .111


10.15	Waiver of Jury Trial.........................................................................................................................111


10.16	USA PATRIOT Act Notice............................................................................................................112


10.17	Judgment Currency..........................................................................................................................112


10.18	No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.................................................................................112

SIGNATURES.........................................................................................................................S-1

SCHEDULES

1.01(e) Existing Letters of Credit

1.01(m) Mandatory Cost Formulae

2.01 Commitments and Applicable Percentages

5.05 Supplement to Interim Financial Statements

5.06 Litigation

5.13 Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments

7.01 Existing Liens

7.02 Existing Indebtedness

10.02 Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

Form of

A Committed Loan Notice

B-1 Bid Request

B-2 Competitive Bid

C Swing Line Loan Notice

D Note

E Compliance Certificate

F Assignment and Assumption

G Opinion Matters

H U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of February 5, 2013, among STARBUCKS CORPORATION, a Washington corporation (the “Company”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The Company has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

“Absolute Rate” means a fixed rate of interest expressed in multiples of 1/100th of one basis point.

“Absolute Rate Loan” means a Bid Loan that bears interest at a rate determined with reference to an Absolute Rate. Absolute Rate Loans may be denominated in US Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.

“Additional Commitment Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(d).

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Company and the Lenders.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement.

“Alternative Currency” means each of Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Euro, Hong Kong Dollar, Pound Sterling, Singapore Dollar, Swiss Franc, Yen and each other currency (other than US Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.05.

“Alternative Currency Equivalent” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in US Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with US Dollars.

“Alternative Currency Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments and the US Dollar Equivalent of $375,000,000. The Alternative Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments. Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency may only be Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Absolute Rate Loans.

“Applicable Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender will be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

“Applicable Rate” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Debt Rating as set forth below:

Applicable Rate



Pricing Level	Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio	Debt Ratings S&P/Moody’s	Facility Fee	Eurocurrency Rate Loans + Letter of Credit Fee	Base Rate Loans
I	Greater than or equal to 4.50x	> A+ / A1	0.060%	0.565%	0.000%
II	Greater than or equal to 4.25x but less than 4.50x	A / A2	0.070%	0.680%	0.000%
III	Greater than or equal to 4.00x but less than 4.25x	A-/ A3	0.090%	0.910%	0.000%
IV	Greater than or equal to 3.50x but less than 4.00x	BBB+ / Baa1	0.125%	1.000%	0.000%
V	Greater than or equal to 3.00x but less than 3.50x	BBB / Baa2	0.150%	1.100%	0.100%
VI	Less than 3.00x	< BBB- / Baa3	0.200%	1.300%	0.300%

As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Applicable Rate will be

determined based upon the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as specified in the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii) of the Second Amendment. If, as of any date of determination, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio corresponds to a Pricing Level different than the Pricing Level corresponding to the Debt Rating issued at the time of calculation of such ratio, then the lower of such two Pricing Levels (with Pricing Level I being the lowest and the Pricing Level VI being the highest) will apply, unless there is a split of more than one level in corresponding Pricing Levels, in which case the Pricing Level that is one level higher than the lower Pricing Level will apply. Thereafter, each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a publicly announced change in the Debt Rating will be effective during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, and any change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will become effective as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level VI will apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered. In the event that a Debt Rating has not been issued as of any date of determination, the Pricing Level corresponding to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of such date of determination shall apply. In the event that only one Debt Rating has been issued as of any date of determination, that Debt Rating shall apply.

“Applicable Time” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Arrangers” means MLPF&S, WFS and CGMI, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers.

“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit F or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or other electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.

“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

“Australian Dollars” or “AUS $” means the lawful currency of Australia.

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.07, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

“Base Rate”means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate plus 1.00%; and if Base Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America will take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change, which date will not be earlier than the date of the public announcement.

“Base Rate Bid Loan” means a Bid Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.

“Base Rate Bid Margin” means the margin above or below the Base Rate to be added to or subtracted from the Base Rate, which margin shall be expressed in multiples of 1/100 of one basis point.

“Base Rate Committed Loan” means a Committed Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate, including both Base Rate Bid Loans and Base Rate Committed Loans. All Base Rate Loans will be denominated in US Dollars.

“Bid Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Bid Loans of the same Type from each of the Lenders whose offer to make one or more Bid Loans as part of such borrowing has been accepted under the auction bidding procedures described in Section 2.03.

“Bid Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

“Bid Loan Lender” means, in respect of any Bid Loan, the Lender making such Bid Loan to the Company.

“Bid Request” means a written request for one or more Bid Loans substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1.

“BofA Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated January 14, 2013, among the Company, Bank of America and MLPF&S.

“Borrowing” means a Committed Borrowing, a Bid Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in US Dollars is located and:

(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in US Dollars or as to any Base Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in US Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in US Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in US Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;

(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Bid Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Bid Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Bid Loan, means a TARGET Day;

(c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Bid Loan denominated in a currency other than US Dollars or Euro, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and

(d) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than US Dollars or Euro in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Bid Loan denominated in a currency other than US Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than US Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Bid Loan (other than any

interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.

“Canadian Dollars” or “CAN $” means the lawful currency of Canada.

“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations, Obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of either thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender benefitting from such collateral shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender (as applicable). “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“CGMI” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and its successors.

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “option right”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or

(b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Company cease to be

composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors).

“Citi Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated January 14, 2013, among the Company and CGMI.

“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Company pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Committed Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type, in the same currency and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

“Committed Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

“Company” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Company Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Competitive Bid” means a written offer by a Lender to make one or more Bid Loans, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2, duly completed and signed by a Lender.

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (ii) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Company and its Subsidiaries excluding any tax credits for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) fees, charges, reserves, costs or expenses related to litigation, restructuring, severance activities, discontinued operations, casualty events and financing, acquisition or divestiture activities; provided, that the total cash amount of such items shall not exceed $250,000,000 in the aggregate, (v) commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 29, 2013 and through and including all fiscal quarters ending on or before December 31, 2014, fees, charges, reserves, costs or expenses related to the Kraft Matter; provided, that the total cash amount of such items shall not exceed $2,900,000,000 in the aggregate, and (vi) other expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries reducing such Consolidated Net Income that do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period and minus (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period and (ii) non-recurring gains increasing Consolidated Net Income (or reducing net loss) that do not represent cash items for such period or any future period.

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, for the four fiscal quarters ending on such date, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated EBITDA during such period plus (ii) Operating Lease and Rental Expense during such period to (b) the sum of (x) Consolidated Interest Charges during such period plus, without duplication, (y) Operating Lease and Rental Expense during such period.

“Consolidated Interest Charges” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, and (b) the portion of rent expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under capital leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains but including extraordinary losses) for that period.

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of the date of determination, the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries which would be shown as assets on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of such time prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

“Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the rating as determined by either S&P or Moody’s (collectively, the “Debt Ratings”) of the Company’s non-credit-enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt; provided that if a Debt Rating is issued by each of the foregoing rating agencies, then the higher (better) of such Debt Ratings will apply.

“Debt Securities” means any issuance of notes or other debt securities by the Company from time to time.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate will be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate and any Mandatory Cost) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.17(b), any Lender that, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within three Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the

Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within three Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Company, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Company, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Company that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Company), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.17(b)) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Company, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

“Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for, the primary benefit of a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company (provided that the Company will be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written

notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof) (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” will not include (x) the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (y) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (y), or (z) a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for, the primary benefit of a natural person); and provided further, however, that an Eligible Assignee will include only a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or another Person, which, through its Lending Offices, is capable of lending the applicable Alternative Currencies to the Company without the imposition of any additional Indemnified Taxes.

“EMU” means the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

“EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

“Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate; or (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Euro” and “EUR” mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

“Eurocurrency Bid Margin” means the margin above or below the Eurocurrency Rate to be added to or subtracted from the Eurocurrency Rate, which margin shall be expressed in multiples of 1/100th of one basis point.

“Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan” means a Bid Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”

“Eurocurrency Rate” means:

(a) With respect to any Credit Extension:

(i) denominated in a LIBOR Quoted Currency, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

(ii) denominated in Canadian dollars, the rate per annum equal

to the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (“CDOR”), or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 10:00 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the Rate Determination Date with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

(iii) denominated in Australian Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the Bank Bill Swap Reference Bid Rate (“BBSY”) or a comparable or successor rate, which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 10:30 a.m. (Melbourne, Australia time) on the Rate Determination Date with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

(iv) with respect to a Credit Extension denominated in Hong Kong Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (“HIBOR”), or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 11:00 a.m. (Hong Kong time) on the Rate Determination Date with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

(v) with respect to a Credit Extension denominated in Singapore Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (“SIBOR”), or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 11:00 a.m. (Singapore time) on the Rate Determination Date with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

(vi) with respect to a Credit Extension denominated in any other Non-LIBOR Quoted Currency, the rate per annum as designated with respect to such Alternative Currency at the time such Alternative Currency is approved by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 1.05; and

(b) for any rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for U.S. Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the

Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided, further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; and provided, further that if the Eurocurrency Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.

“Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.” All Committed Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency must be Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans.

“Eurocurrency Rate Loan” means a Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan or a Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan. Eurocurrency Rate Loans may be denominated in US Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (x) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Company under Section 10.13) or (y) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (c), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender's assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

“Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 17, 2010 (as amended) among the Company, Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.

“Existing Letters of Credit” means the Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 1.01(e).

“Existing Maturity Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a).

“FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not

materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471 (b) (1) of the Code.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day will be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day will be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letters” means each of the BofA Fee Letter, the Wells Fargo Fee Letter and the Citi Fee Letter, collectively, the “Fee Letters.”

“Foreign Lender” means, with respect to the Company, any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Company is resident for tax purposes (including such a Lender when acting in the capacity of the L/C Issuer). For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia will be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee will be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Hong Kong Dollars” or “HK $” means the lawful currency of Hong Kong.

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness will have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;

(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person will include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date will be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date will be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of the Company under any Loan Document, and (b) to the extent not otherwise included in clause (a), Other Taxes.

“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).

“Indenture” means any indenture, note purchase agreement, credit agreement, loan agreement or similar financing agreement between the Company and the trustee, agent, note purchaser or similar financier named therein or party thereto, entered into in connection with the issuance of any Debt Securities, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.

“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period will also be Interest

Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Company in its Committed Loan Notice or Bid Request, as the case may be; and (b) as to each Absolute Rate Loan and each Base Rate Bid Loan, a period of not less than 14 days and not more than 180 days as selected by the Company in its Bid Request; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period will extend beyond the Maturity Date.

“IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Company (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

“Kraft Matter” means that certain matter involving Kraft Foods Global, Inc. and/or Mondelez International, Inc. that is discussed in Schedule 5.06 and in Part II, Item 1. - “Legal Proceedings” of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 30, 2012 and in Footnote 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company filed therewith.

“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. All L/C Advances will be denominated in US Dollars.

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing. All L/C Borrowings will be denominated in US Dollars.

“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“L/C Issuer” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

“L/C Obligations” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit will be determined in accordance with Section 1.08. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit will be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.

“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Company and the Administrative Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit. Letters of Credit may be issued in US Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(h).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the US Dollar Equivalent of $150,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.

“LIBOR Quoted Currency” means each of the following currencies: US Dollars; Euro; Pound Sterling; Swiss Franc; and Yen; in each case as long as there is a published LIBOR rate with respect thereto.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Company under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan, a Bid Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 and the Fee Letters.

“Mandatory Cost” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.01(m).

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Company of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

“Material Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company that meets any of the following tests: (a) its assets equal or exceed 5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (b) its revenues equal or exceed 5% of the total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that (i) if the Subsidiaries that meet either of the tests in (a) or (b), when combined with revenues generated or assets owned directly by the Company (excluding any assets or revenues located or generated at the Subsidiary level), aggregate less than 75% of the Consolidated Total Assets or total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the Company shall identify additional Subsidiaries to constitute Material Subsidiaries until such threshold is met, and (ii) once a Subsidiary is deemed a Material Subsidiary, whether by virtue of the tests in (a) and (b) above, or as a result of appointment pursuant to part (i) of this proviso, such Subsidiary shall continue to constitute a Material Subsidiary throughout the term of this Agreement.

“Maturity Date” means the later of (a) January 21, 2020 and (b) if maturity is extended pursuant to Section 2.18 such extended maturity date as determined pursuant to such Section; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

“MLPF&S” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, successor by merger to Banc of America Securities LLC, and its successors.

“Modification Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

“Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

“Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(b).

“Non-LIBOR Quoted Currency” means any currency other than a LIBOR Quoted Currency.

“Note” means a promissory note made by the Company in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender to the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a).

“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Company arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Company of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

“OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

“Operating Lease and Rental Expense” means, for any period, all operating lease expense and all other rental expense incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period but shall exclude lease termination expenses and lease exit costs (whether accounted for as restructuring costs, lease expense or otherwise) incurred during such period.

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-US jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement,

instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06).

“Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans on any date, the US Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Committed Loans occurring on such date; (ii) with respect to Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Swing Line Loans occurring on such date; (iii) with respect to Bid Loans on any date, the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Bid Loans occurring on such date; and (iv) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Company of Unreimbursed Amounts.

“Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in US Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(e).

“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).

“Participating Member State” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

“Pension Act” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

“Pension Funding Rules” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Company or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to the Pension Funding Rules or Title IV of ERISA, the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Pound Sterling” and “£” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or such other day as is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in such interbank market, as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such other day as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent).

“Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender and the L/C Issuer.

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).

“Registered Public Accounting Firm” has the meaning specified in the Securities Laws and will be independent of the Company as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to a Bid Loan, a Bid Request, (c) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (d) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender will be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

“Response Deadline” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(b).

“Responsible Officer” means the president and chief executive officer, chief operating officer, executive vice president and chief financial officer, executive vice president, general counsel and secretary, or the vice president and treasurer of the Company and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer of the Company so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the Company designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the Company and the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company will be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Company and such Responsible Officer will be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Company.

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Company’s shareholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).

“Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 2.02, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent

will determine or the Required Lenders will require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (iv) in the case of the Existing Letters of Credit, the Closing Date, and (v) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer will determine or the Required Lenders will require.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Same Day Funds” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in US Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.

“Sanction(s)” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by OFAC, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“Second Amendment” means that certain Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders signatory thereto.

“Second Amendment Effective Date” means January 21, 2015.

“Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as each of the foregoing may be amended and in effect on any applicable date hereunder.

“Singapore Dollars” or “SNG $” means the lawful currency of Singapore.

“Special Notice Currency” means at any time an Alternative Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.

“Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 10:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior

to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided further that the L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” will refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender) or any third party in the business of determining such values acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

“Swing Line” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.05.

“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.05.

“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.05(b), which will be substantially in the form of Exhibit C or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approve by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

“Swiss Franc” or “CHF” means the lawful currency of Switzerland.

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

“TARGET Day” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholdings), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

“Type” means (a) with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, and (b) with respect to a Bid Loan, its character as an Absolute Rate Loan, a Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan or a Base Rate Bid Loan.

“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(c)(i).

“US Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

“US Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in US Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in US Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of US Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(III).

“Wells Fargo” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and its successors.

“Wells Fargo Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated January 14, 2013, among the Company, Wells Fargo and WFS.

“WFS” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and its successors.

“Yen” and “¥” mean the lawful currency of Japan.

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein will apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun will include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” will be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) will be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person will be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, will be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules will be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law will include all

statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation will, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” will be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms. (a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein will be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement will be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries will be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

(b) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP or any changes in accounting principles or practices from those used in the preparation of the financial statements are hereafter occasioned by the promulgation of rules, regulations, pronouncements and opinions by or required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any successor thereto or agencies with similar functions), which results in a material change in the method of accounting in the financial statements required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent hereunder or in the calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms contained in this Agreement, and either the Company or the Required Lenders will so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Company will negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement will continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Company will provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the Audited Financial Statements for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above.

1.04 Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents. (a) The Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, will determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating US Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates will become effective as of such Revaluation Date and will be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Company hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than US Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents will be such US Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable.

(b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Committed Borrowing or a Bid Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in US Dollars, but such Committed Borrowing, Bid Borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount will be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such US Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be.

1.05 Additional Alternative Currencies. (a) The Company may from time to time request that Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Absolute Rate Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency;” provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than US Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into US Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such request will be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; in the case of any such request with respect to the making of Bid Loans, such request will be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and will be deemed acceptable to any Lender submitting a Competitive Bid in connection with such Bid Loan; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request will be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.

(b) Any such request will be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., 20 Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the L/C Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the L/C Issuer thereof. Any such request pertaining to a particular Bid Loan must be set forth in the corresponding Bid Request following approval thereof by the Administrative Agent. Each Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) will notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 10:00 a.m., ten Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

(c) Any failure by a Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence will be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to permit Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Rate Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent will so notify the Company and such currency will thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Committed Borrowings of Eurocurrency Rate Loans; if the Administrative Agent consents to making Bid Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Company and such currency will thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Bid Borrowing of Absolute Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans; and if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent will so notify the Company and such currency will thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances. If the Administrative Agent will fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.05, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company.

1.06 Change of Currency. (a) Each obligation of the Company to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof will be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency will be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis will be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Committed Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement will take effect, with respect to such Committed Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

(b) Each provision of this Agreement will be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

(c) Each provision of this Agreement also will be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

1.07 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day will be references to Pacific time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.08 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time will be deemed to be the US Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter

of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit will be deemed to be the US Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

1.09 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

ARTICLE II.

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 Committed Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Committed Loan”) to the Company in US Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings will not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans will not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (iii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans, all Bid Loans and all Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies will not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.06, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.

(a)Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans will be made upon the Company’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone or (B) a Committed Loan Notice; provided that any telephonic notice must be confirmed immediately by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Committed Loan Notice. Each such Committed Loan Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in US Dollars or of any conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in US Dollars to Base Rate Committed Loans, (ii) four Business Days (or five Business Days in the case of a Special Notice Currency) prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (iii) on the requested date of any

Borrowing of Base Rate Committed Loans; provided, however, that if the Company wishes to request Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period”, the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (i) four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in US Dollars, or (ii) five Business Days (or six Business days in the case of a Special Notice Currency) prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, whereupon the Administrative Agent will give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 10:00 a.m., (i) three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in US Dollars, or (ii) four Business Days (or five Business days in the case of a Special Notice Currency) prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, the Administrative Agent will notify the Company (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans will be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.04(c) and 2.05(c), each Committed Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Committed Loans will be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice will specify (i) whether the Company is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which will be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) the currency of the Committed Loans to be borrowed. If the Company fails to specify a currency in a Committed Loan Notice requesting a Borrowing, then the Committed Loans so requested will be made in US Dollars. If the Company fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice, then the applicable Committed Loans will be made as Base Rate Loans. If the Company fails to give timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan, such Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan will be continued with an Interest Period of one month and in its original currency. If the Company requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. No Committed Loan may be converted into or continued as a Committed Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid in the original currency of such Committed Loan and reborrowed in the other currency.

(b)Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Company, the Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the details of any continuation of Committed Loans denominated in a currency other than US Dollars, in each case as described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender

will make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than 12:00 p.m., in the case of any Committed Loan denominated in US Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of any Committed Loan in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent will make all funds so received available to the Company in like and same day funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of such Company on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Company; provided, however, that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing denominated in US Dollars is given by the Company, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, will be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and, second, will be made available to the Company as provided above.

(c)Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans (whether in US Dollars or any Alternative Currency) without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency be prepaid, or redenominated into US Dollars in the amount of the US Dollar Equivalent thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.

(d)The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent will notify the Company and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e)After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there will not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.

2.03 Bid Loans.

(a)General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees that the Company may from time to time request the Lenders to submit offers to make loans (each such loan, a “Bid Loan”) to the Company prior to the Maturity Date pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Bid Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) as to any Bid Borrowing made in an Alternative Currency, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Bid Loans, all Committed Loans and all Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies will not

exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. There shall not be more than ten different Interest Periods in effect with respect to Bid Loans at any time.

(b) Requesting Competitive Bids. The Company may request the submission of Competitive Bids by delivering a Bid Request to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (i) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans in US Dollars or Base Rate Bid Loans, (ii) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans in US Dollars, or (iii) five Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing in an Alternative Currency (or six Business Days in the case of any Special Notice Currency). Each Bid Request shall specify (i) the requested date of the Bid Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Bid Loans requested (which must be $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, except at initial funding), (iii) the Type of Bid Loans requested, (iv) the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto, and (v) whether such Bid Loan is to be advanced in an Alternative Currency and identify such Alternative Currency, and shall be signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. No Bid Request shall contain a request for (i) more than one Type of Bid Loan or (ii) Bid Loans having more than three different Interest Periods. Bid Loans in an Alternative Currency may only be Absolute Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees in its sole and absolute discretion, the Company may not submit a Bid Request if it has submitted another Bid Request within the prior five Business Days.

(i)The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of each Bid Request received by it from the Company and the contents of such Bid Request.

(ii)Each Lender may (but shall have no obligation to) submit a Competitive Bid containing an offer to make one or more Bid Loans in response to such Bid Request. Such Competitive Bid must be delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 8:30 a.m. (A) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans in US Dollars or Base Rate Bid Loans, (B) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans in US Dollars, and (C) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing in an Alternative Currency (or five Business Days in the case of any Special Notice Currency); provided, however, that any Competitive Bid submitted by Bank of America in its capacity as a Lender in response to any Bid Request must be submitted to the Administrative Agent not later than 8:15 a.m. on the date on which Competitive Bids are required to be delivered by the other Lenders in response to such Bid Request. Each Competitive Bid shall specify (A) the proposed date of the Bid Borrowing; (B) the principal amount of each Bid Loan for which such Competitive Bid is being made, which principal amount (x) may be equal to, greater than or less than the Commitment of the bidding Lender, (y) must be $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, except at initial funding, and (z) may not exceed the principal amount of Bid Loans for which Competitive Bids were requested; (C) if the proposed Bid Borrowing is to consist of Absolute Rate Bid Loans, the Absolute Rate offered for each such Bid Loan and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (D) if the proposed Bid Borrowing is to consist

of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans, the Eurocurrency Bid Margin with respect to each such Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (E) if the proposed Bid Borrowing is to consist of Base Rate Bid Loans, the Base Rate Bid Margin with respect to each such Base Rate Bid Loan and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (F) that such bidding Lender may advance the Bid Borrowing in the proposed Alternative Currency, if any, and (G) the identity of the bidding Lender.

(iii)Any Competitive Bid shall be disregarded if it (A) is received after the applicable time specified in clause (ii) above, (B) is not substantially in the form of a Competitive Bid as specified herein, (C) contains qualifying, conditional or similar language, (D) proposes terms other than or in addition to those set forth in the applicable Bid Request, or (E) is otherwise not responsive to such Bid Request. Any Lender may correct a Competitive Bid containing a manifest error by submitting a corrected Competitive Bid (identified as such) not later than the applicable time required for submission of Competitive Bids. Any such submission of a corrected Competitive Bid shall constitute a revocation of the Competitive Bid that contained the manifest error. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, notify any Lender of any manifest error it detects in such Lender’s Competitive Bid.

(iv)Subject only to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.03 and 4.02 and clause (iii) above, each Competitive Bid shall be irrevocable.

(d) Notice to the Company of Competitive Bids. Not later than 9:00 a.m. (i) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans in US Dollars or Base Rate Bid Loans, (ii) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans in US Dollars, or (iii) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing in an Alternative Currency (or five Business Days in the case of any Special Notice Currency), the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company of the identity of each Lender that has submitted a Competitive Bid that complies with Section 2.03(c) and of the terms of the offers contained in each such Competitive Bid.

(e) Acceptance of Competitive Bids. Not later than 9:30 a.m. (i) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans in US Dollars or Base Rate Bid Loans, and (ii) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans in US Dollars, or (iii) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing in an Alternative Currency (or five Business Days in the case of any Special Notice Currency), the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent of its acceptance or rejection of the offers notified to it pursuant to Section 2.03(d). The Company shall be under no obligation to accept any Competitive Bid and may choose to reject all Competitive Bids. In the case of acceptance, such notice shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Competitive Bids for each Interest Period that is accepted. The Company may accept any Competitive Bid in whole or in part; provided that:

(i) the aggregate principal amount of each Bid Borrowing may not exceed the applicable amount set forth in the related Bid Request;

(ii) the principal amount of each Bid Loan must be $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, except at initial funding;

(iii) the acceptance of offers may be made only on the basis of ascending Absolute Rates or Eurocurrency Bid Margins or Base Rate Bid Margins within each Interest Period; and

(iv) the Company may not accept any offer that is described in Section 2.03(c)(iii) or that otherwise fails to comply with the requirements hereof.

(f) Procedure for Identical Bids. If two or more Lenders have submitted Competitive Bids at the same Absolute Rate or Eurocurrency Bid Margin or Base Rate Bid Margin, as the case may be, for the same Interest Period, and the result of accepting all of such Competitive Bids in whole (together with any other Competitive Bids at lower Absolute Rates or Eurocurrency Bid Margins or Base Rate Bid Margins, as the case may be, accepted for such Interest Period in conformity with the requirements of Section 2.03(e)(iii)) would be to cause the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Bid Borrowing to exceed the amount specified therefor in the related Bid Request, then, unless otherwise agreed by the Company, the Administrative Agent and such Lenders, such Competitive Bids shall be accepted as nearly as possible in proportion to the amount offered by each such Lender in respect of such Interest Period, with such accepted amounts being rounded to the nearest whole multiple of $1,000,000.

(g)Notice to Lenders of Acceptance or Rejection of Bids. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender having submitted a Competitive Bid whether or not its offer has been accepted and, if its offer has been accepted, of the amount of the Bid Loan or Bid Loans to be made by it on the date of the applicable Bid Borrowing. Any Competitive Bid or portion thereof that is not accepted by the Company by the applicable time specified in Section 2.03(e) shall be deemed rejected.

(h)Notice of Eurocurrency Rate. If any Bid Borrowing is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Loans, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Eurocurrency Rate for the relevant Interest Period, and promptly after making such determination, shall notify the Company and the Lenders that will be participating in such Bid Borrowing of such Eurocurrency Rate.

(i)Funding of Bid Loans. Each Lender that has received notice pursuant to Section 2.03(g) that all or a portion of its Competitive Bid has been accepted by the Company shall make the amount of its Bid Loan(s) available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of the requested Bid Borrowing. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Company in like and same day funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(j)Notice of Range of Bids. After each Competitive Bid auction pursuant to this Section 2.03, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender that submitted a Competitive Bid in such auction of the ranges of bids submitted (without the bidder’s name) and accepted for each Bid Loan and the aggregate amount of each Bid Borrowing.

2.04 Letters of Credit.

(a)The Letter of Credit Commitment.

(i)Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in US Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies for the account of the Company, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Company and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings will not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (w) the Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans, all Bid Loans and all Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies will not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans will not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations will not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Company for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit will be deemed to be a representation by the Company that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit will be fully revolving, and accordingly the Company may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

(ii)The L/C Issuer will not issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(A)subject to Section 2.04(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B)the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(iii)The L/C Issuer will not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A)any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator will by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing

such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer will prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or will impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or will impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense that was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B)the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any one or more of only those policies of the L/C Issuer that do not conflict with the express terms of this Agreement;

(C)except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than US Dollars or an Alternative Currency;

(D)the L/C Issuer does not as of the issuance date of such requested Letter of Credit issue Letters of Credit in the requested currency; or

(E)any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the Company Cash Collateralizes the L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.

(iv)The L/C Issuer will not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v)The L/C Issuer will be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(vi)The L/C Issuer will act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer will have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

(i) Each Letter of Credit will be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Company delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. Such Letter of Credit Application may be sent by telecopy, facsimile, United States mail, overnight courier, electronic transmission using the system provided by the L/C Issuer, personal delivery or any other means acceptable to the L/C Issuer. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application will specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which will be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application will specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which will be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Company will furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Company and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Company, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV will not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer will, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Company or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender will be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Company so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Company will not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders will be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer will not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.04(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Company that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer will notify the Company and the Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Company will reimburse the L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, unless (A) the L/C Issuer (at its option) will have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in US Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in US Dollars, the Company will have notified the L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Company will reimburse the L/C Issuer in US Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in US Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the L/C Issuer will notify the Company of the US Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 10:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in US Dollars, or the Applicable Time on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Company will reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in

an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in the applicable currency. If the Company fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in US Dollars in the amount of the US Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency) (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Company will be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation will not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender will upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the L/C Issuer, in US Dollars, at the Administrative Agent’s Office for US Dollar-denominated payments in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.04(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available will be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Company in such amount. The Administrative Agent will remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer in US Dollars.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Company will be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing will be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and will bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) will be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and will constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.04.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount will be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.04(c), will be absolute and unconditional and will not be affected by any

circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Company, any Subsidiary or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Company of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance will relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(ii), then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, the L/C Issuer will be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) will be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.04(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Company or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in US Dollars and in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender will pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight

Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause will survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Company to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing will be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) waiver by the L/C Issuer of any requirement that exists for the L/C Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Company or any waiver by the L/C Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Company;

(v) honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;

(vi) any payment made by the L/C Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under, such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC or the ISP, as applicable;

(vii)any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(viii)any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Company or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally; or

(ix)any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company or any Subsidiary.

The Company will promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Company’s instructions or other irregularity, the Company will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Company will be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Company agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer will not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer will be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Company hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and will not, preclude the Company’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer will be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 2.04(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Company, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to special, punitive, consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Company which the Company proves were caused by the L/C Issuer's willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer's willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer will not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The L/C Issuer may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“SWIFT”) message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.

(g) Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Company when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an

Existing Letter of Credit), the rules of the ISP will apply to each Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Company for, and the L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Company shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees. The Company will pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, in US Dollars, a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the US Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided, however, any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Applicable Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.17(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the L/C Issuer for its own account. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit will be determined in accordance with Section 1.08. Letter of Credit Fees will be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit will be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees will accrue at the Default Rate.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Company will pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in US Dollars, a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the BofA Fee Letter, computed on the US Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee will be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit will be determined in accordance with Section 1.08. In addition, the Company will pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in US Dollars, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer

relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof will control.

2.05 Swing Line Loans.

(a)The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.05, will make loans in US Dollars (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Company from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that (x) after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings will not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans will not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (y) the Company will not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan and (z) the Swing Line Lender shall not be under any obligation to make any Swing Line Loan if it shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that it has, or by such Credit Extension will have, Fronting Exposure. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may borrow under this Section 2.05, prepay under Section 2.06, and reborrow under this Section 2.05. Each Swing Line Loan will be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender will be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b)Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing will be made upon the Company’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone or (B) by a Swing Line Loan Notice; provided that any telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a Swing Line Loan Notice. Each such Swing Line Loan Notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon on the requested borrowing date, and will specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which will be a minimum of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which will be a Business Day. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 1:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing

the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.05(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 2:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Company.

(c)Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.

(i)The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Company (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Committed Loan in an amount equal to such Lender's Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request will be made in writing (which written request will be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender will furnish the Company with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender will make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swing Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for US Dollar-denominated payments not later than 12:00 noon on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.05(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available will be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Company in such amount. The Administrative Agent will remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii)If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.05(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Committed Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein will be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(c)(i) will be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii)If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.05(c) by the time specified in Section 2.05(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender will be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the

foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid will constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) will be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv)Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) will be absolute and unconditional and will not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Company or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations will relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d)Repayment of Participations.

(i)At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii)If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender will pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause will survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e)Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender will be responsible for invoicing the Company for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Committed Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.05 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage will be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f)Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Company will make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.06 Prepayments. (a) The Company may, upon notice from it to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent and be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in US Dollars, (B) four Business Days (or five, in the case of prepayment of Loans denominated in Special Notice Currencies) prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in US Dollars will be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; (iii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies will be in a minimum principal amount of the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iv) any prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans will be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice will specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Aggregate Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.07, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.07. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Company, it will make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice will be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan will be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment will be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(b)No Bid Loan may be prepaid without the prior consent of the applicable Bid Loan Lender.

(c)The Company may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment will be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice will specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Company, the Company will make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice will be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(d)If the Administrative Agent notifies the Company at any time that the Total Outstandings at such time exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Company will prepay Loans and/or the Company will Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the

Aggregate Commitments then in effect; provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.17(a)(ii), the Company will not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of further exchange rate fluctuations.

(e)If the Administrative Agent notifies the Company at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies at such time exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Company will prepay Loans or Cash Collateralize Letters of Credit issued in an Alternative Currency, or any combination thereof, in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce or Cash Collateralize such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect.

2.07 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Company may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice will be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction will be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Company will not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, unless the Total Outstandings consist solely of the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations and the Company has concurrently Cash Collateralized the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Alternative Currency Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Sublimit will be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. A notice of termination of the Aggregate Commitments delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.07 may state that such notice is conditioned on the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the availability of a source of funds for the prepayment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement, in which case, such notice may be revoked by the Company (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Except as otherwise set forth above, the amount of any such Aggregate Commitment reduction will not be applied to the Alternative Currency Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Company. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments will be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments will be paid on the effective date of such termination.

2.08 Repayment of Loans. (a) The Company will repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans made to it outstanding on such date.

(b)The Company shall repay each Bid Loan on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.

(c)The Company will repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.

2.09 Interest. (a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan will bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost; (ii) each Base Rate Committed Loan will bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; (iii) each Bid Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for the Interest Period therefor at a rate per annum determined in accordance with Section 2.03; and (iv) each Swing Line Loan will bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount will thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii)If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Company under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount will thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii)While any Event of Default exists, the Company will pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iv)Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) will be due and payable upon demand.

(c)Interest on each Loan will be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder will be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.10 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (h) and (i) of Section 2.04:

(a)Facility Fee. The Company will pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a facility fee in US Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Commitments (or, if the Aggregate Commitments have terminated, on the Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans, Swing Line Loans, Bid Loans and L/C Obligations), regardless of usage, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17. The facility fee will accrue at all times during the Availability Period (and thereafter so long as any Committed Loans, Swing Line Loans, Bid Loans or L/C Obligations remain outstanding), including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and will be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date (and, if applicable, thereafter on demand). The facility fee will be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount will be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b)Other Fees. (i) The Company will pay to the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts, in US Dollars, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letters. Such fees will be fully earned when paid and will not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Company will pay to the Lenders, in US Dollars, such fees as will have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees will be fully earned when paid and will not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.11 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate. (a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans will be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest will be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year), or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Interest will accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and will not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made will, subject to Section 2.13(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder will be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. With respect to all Non-LIBOR Quoted Currencies, the calculation of the applicable interest rate shall be determined in accordance with market practice.

(b)If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Company or for any other reason, the Company or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as calculated by the Company as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage

Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Company will immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period; provided that, in the event the Company disagrees with the Lenders’ determination that such calculation would have resulted in higher pricing, then such disagreement will be resolved by an independent calculation of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of a nationally recognized standing. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.04(c)(iii), 2.04(h) or 2.09(b) or under Article VIII. The Company’s obligations under this paragraph will survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder for a period of one (1) year from the date of such termination.

2.12 Evidence of Debt. (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender will be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender will be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Company and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so will not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Company hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. The Administrative Agent will provide to the Company, upon its request, a statement of Loans, payments and other transactions pursuant to this Agreement. Such statement will be deemed correct, accurate, and binding on the Company (except for corrections and errors discovered by the Administrative Agent), unless the Company notifies the Administrative Agent in writing to the contrary within thirty (30) days after such statement is rendered. In the event a timely written notice of objections is given by the Company, only the items to which exception is expressly made will be considered to be disputed by the Company. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent will control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender to the Company made through the Administrative Agent, the Company will execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which will evidence such Lender’s Loans to the Company in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to a Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b)In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent will maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent will control in the absence of manifest error.

2.13 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback. (a) General. All payments to be made by the Company will be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, all payments by the Company hereunder will be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in US Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Company hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency will be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent on the dates specified herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may require that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States. If, for any reason, the Company is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, it will make such payment in US Dollars in the US Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 1:00 p.m., in the case of payments in US Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, will in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee will continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Company will come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment will be made on the next following Business Day, except (i) as otherwise set forth in the definition of Interest Period, (ii) that no payment will extend past the Maturity Date or the end of the Availability Period, or (iii) as otherwise agreed between the Company and Bid Lender with respect to a Bid Loan, and such extension of time will be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b)(i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent will have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Committed Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 11:00 a.m. on the date of such Committed Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Committed Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Company a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Company severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Company to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in

the case of a payment to be made by the Company, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Company and such Lender will pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent will promptly remit to the Company the amount of such interest paid by the Company for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid will constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Company will be without prejudice to any claim the Company may have against a Lender that will have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by the Company; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent will have received notice from the Company prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Company will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Company has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Company has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Company with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) will be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c)Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender to the Company as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Company by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent will return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d)Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder will not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender will be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c).

(e)Funding Source. Nothing herein will be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

2.14 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender will, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or such participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion will (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as will be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments will be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(i)if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations will be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii)the provisions of this Section will not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.16, or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section will apply).

For purposes of this Section 2.14, any calculation of pro rata shares of Loans will be determined on the basis of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans (and each Lender’s participation in Swing Line Loans) and all L/C Obligations (and each Lender’s participation therein) without distinction between Committed Loans, Swing Line Loans and Bid Loans.

The Company consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Company rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation.

2.15 Increase in Commitments.

(a)Request for Increase. Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders), the Company may from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $750,000,000; provided that any such request for an increase will be in a minimum amount of $100,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Company (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) will specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which will in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).

(b)Lender Elections to Increase. Each Lender will notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period will be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.

(c)Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders. The Administrative Agent will notify the Company and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals will not be unreasonably withheld), the Company may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(d)Effective Date and Allocations. If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Company will determine the effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.

(e)Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Company will deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Company approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.15, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 will be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. The Company will prepay any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

(f)Conflicting Provisions. This Section will supersede any provisions in Sections 2.14 or 10.01 to the contrary.

2.16 Cash Collateral.

(a)Certain Credit Support Events. (i) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer (A) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing that has not been paid within three (3) Business Days of notice of such drawing as provided in Section 2.04(c), or (B) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the

Company shall, in each case, promptly, but in any event, if such request is made by 1:00 p.m., on the same Business Day, and, if such request is made after 1:00 p.m., on the next Business Day Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.

(ii) At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Company shall promptly, but in any event, if such request is made by 1:00 p.m., on the same Business Day, and, if such request is made after 1:00 p.m., on the next Business Day, deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(iii) In addition, if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Company shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount equal to the amount by which the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(iv) The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

(b)Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) will be maintained in blocked, segregated interest-bearing deposit accounts (“Cash Collateral Accounts”) at Bank of America (such interest to be for the account of the Company). The Company, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender), and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral Accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.16(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby (including by reason of exchange rate fluctuations), the Company or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

(c)Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.16 or Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.17 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued

on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d)Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 10.06(c))) or (ii) upon the Company’s request if there exists Cash Collateral in excess of the requirements of this Section 2.16; provided, however, that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of the Company shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and following application as provided in this Section 2.16 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 8.03).

2.17 Defaulting Lenders.

(a)Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i)Waivers and Amendments. That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section 10.01.

(ii)Reallocation of Payments; Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to) the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.08), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit; fourth, as the Company may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Company, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Company as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the

Company against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans or L/C Borrowings were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Borrowings owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii)Certain Fees. That Defaulting Lender (x) shall be entitled to receive any facility fee pursuant to Section 2.10(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to the sum of (1) the Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans funded by it and (2) its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.16, or Section 2.17(a)(ii), as applicable (and the Company shall (A) be required to pay to each of the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of such fee allocable to its Fronting Exposure arising from that Defaulting Lender and (B) not be required to pay the remaining amount of such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.04(h).

(iv)Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans pursuant to Sections 2.04 and 2.05, the “Applicable Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided, that, (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of that Lender.

(v)No Default. Operation of the allocations provided in clauses (ii) through (iv) above shall not be deemed to result in a default of the Company’s obligations to a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(vi)Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (a)(iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Company shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Law, (x) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.16.

(b)Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Company, the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Committed Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv)), together with any payments reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary to compensate the non-Defaulting Lenders for any loss, cost or expense of the type described in Section 3.05 (all of which purchases are hereby consented to by the Company and each Lender) whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Company while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

2.18 Extension of Maturity Date.

(a)Requests for Extension. The Company may, not more than two times, by notice to the Administrative Agent not earlier than 60 days and not later than 45 days prior to the first or second (as applicable) anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date (each such anniversary being a “Modification Date”) request that each Lender extend such Lender’s Maturity Date for an additional year from the Maturity Date then in effect hereunder (the “Existing Maturity Date”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Company’s request for such extension (the date such notice is given being referred to herein as the “Notice Date”).

(b)Lender Elections to Extend. Each Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given not later than 30 days following the Notice Date, advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Lender agrees to such extension (and each Lender that determines not to so extend its Maturity Date (a “Non-Extending Lender”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination. Any Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the 30^th day following the Notice Date (the “Response Deadline”) shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Lender. The election of any Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Lender to so agree.

(c)Notification by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company of each Lender’s determination under this Section no later than the fifth Business Day after the Response Deadline.

(d)Additional Commitment Lenders. The Company shall have the right on or before each Modification Date to replace each Non-Extending Lender with, and add as “Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “Additional Commitment Lender”) as provided in Section 10.13, each of which Additional Commitment Lenders shall have entered into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Commitment Lender shall, effective as of such Modification Date, undertake a Commitment (and, if any such Additional Commitment Lender is already a Lender, its Commitment shall be in addition to such Lender’s Commitment hereunder on such date).

(e)Minimum Extension Requirement. If (and only if) the total of the Commitments of the Lenders that have agreed so to extend their Maturity Date and the additional Commitments of the Additional Commitment Lenders shall be more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments in effect immediately prior to the applicable Modification Date, then, effective as of such Modification Date, the Maturity Date of each Lender that is an extending lender and of each Additional Commitment Lender shall be extended to the date falling one year after the Existing Maturity Date (except that, if such date is not a Business Day, such Maturity Date as so extended shall be the next preceding Business Day) and each Additional Commitment Lender shall thereupon become a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement. In the event of any such extension, the Commitment of each Non-Extending Lender that has not been replaced as provided in Section 2.18(d) shall terminate on the Existing Maturity Date in effect prior to any such extension and the outstanding principal balance of all Loans and other amounts payable hereunder to such Non-Extending Lender shall become due and payable on such Existing Maturity Date and the total Commitments of the Lenders hereunder shall be reduced by the Commitments of the Non-Extending Lenders so terminated on such Existing Maturity Date.

(f)Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to this Section shall not be effective with respect to any Lender unless:

(i)the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate dated as of the applicable Modification Date signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying:

(A)no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such extension and after giving effect thereto;

(B)the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date of such extension and after giving effect thereto, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date); and

(g)Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.14 or 10.01 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III.

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01 Taxes.

(a)Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes.

(i)Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Company hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Administrative Agent or the Company, then the Administrative Agent or the Company shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.

(ii)If the Company or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Company shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(iii)If the Company or the Administrative Agent shall be required by any applicable Laws other than the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) the Company or the Administrative Agent, as required by such Laws, shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by it to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the Company or the Administrative Agent, to the extent required by such Laws, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Company shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b)Payment of Other Taxes by the Company. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Company shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c)Tax Indemnifications.

(i)The Company shall, and does hereby, indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The Company shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or the L/C Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required by clause (ii) of this subsection. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Company by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(ii)Each Lender and the L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, (x) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer (but only to the extent that the Company has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), (y) the Administrative Agent and the Company, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register or as a result of the failure by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to the Company or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.01(e), and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Company, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or the Company in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii).

(d)Evidence of Payments. Upon request by the Company or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by the Company or by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Company, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(e)Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.

(i)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Company and to the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or the taxing authorities of a jurisdiction pursuant to such applicable law reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation either (A) set forth in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below or (B) required by applicable law other than the Code or the taxing authorities of the jurisdiction pursuant to such applicable law to comply with the requirements for exemption or reduction of withholding tax in that jurisdiction) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Company is a U.S. Person,

(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time

thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(I) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(II) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(III) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Company within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) properly completed and executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN; or

(IV) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 or Exhibit H-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H‑4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Company and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Company and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f)Treatment of Certain Refunds. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or the L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If any Recipient determines, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Company or with respect to which the Company has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to the Company an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Company under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Company, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Company (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the Company pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Company or any other Person.

(g)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the

replacement of, a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

3.02 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate (whether denominated in US Dollars or an Alternative Currency), or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, US Dollars or any Alternative Currency in the applicable interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Company through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in US Dollars, to convert Base Rate Committed Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans, will be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Company will, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in US Dollars, convert all such Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Company will also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) deposits (whether in US Dollars or an Alternative Currency) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan (whether denominated in US Dollars or an Alternative Currency) or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so

notify the Company and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans in the affected currency or currencies will be suspended and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

3.04 Increased Costs; Additional Reserve Requirements.

(a)Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law will:

(i)impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except (A) any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) and (B) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost, other than as set forth below) or the L/C Issuer;

(ii)subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

(iii)result in the failure of the Mandatory Cost, as calculated hereunder, to represent the cost to any Lender of complying with the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank in relation to its making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans; or

(iv)impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing will be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Company will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Company will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Company will be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company will pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d)Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section will not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Company will not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than three months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the three-month period referred to above will be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e)Additional Reserve Requirements. The Company shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required by a central banking or financial regulatory authority with regulatory authority over such Lender to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocable to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be

conclusive absent manifest error, which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided, that the Company shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or costs from such Lender with a reasonably detailed explanation of the regulatory requirements imposing such costs and a calculation of the allocation of such costs to the relevant Loan or Commitment. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or costs shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of a proper notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any reserves described in this clause (e) are based upon the financial strength or creditworthiness of a Lender, for the purposes of calculating the actual costs of a Lender with respect to such reserves, each such Lender shall be deemed to be in the highest applicable category of financial strength or creditworthiness.

3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Company will promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a)any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b)any failure by the Company (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Company;

(c)any failure by the Company to make payment of any Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit (or interest due thereon) denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency; or

(d)any assignment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Company pursuant to Section 10.13;

including any loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract. The Company will also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Company to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender will be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for such currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a)Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the Company is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amount to any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any Governmental Authority for the account of any

Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender or the L/C Issuer gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, will use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Company hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b)Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Company is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 3.06(a), the Company may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.

3.07 Survival. All of the Company’s obligations under this Article III will survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a)The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which will be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(i)executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Company;

(ii)Notes executed by the Company in favor of each Lender requesting Notes;

(iii)such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of the Company as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(iv)such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that the Company is duly organized or formed, and that the Company is validly existing and in good standing;

(v)favorable opinions of a vice president and assistant general counsel of the Company and K&L Gates LLP, special outside counsel to the Company, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters set forth in Exhibit G;

(vi)a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the validity against the Company of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals will be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

(vii)a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied, (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and (C) a calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of December 30, 2012;

(viii)a duly completed Compliance Certificate as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Company ended on December 30, 2012, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company;

(ix)evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement has been or concurrently with the Closing Date is being terminated and all amounts owing thereunder have been, or concurrently therewith are being, paid in full; and

(x)such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.

(b)Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date will have been paid.

(c)Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Company will have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as will constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate will not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Company and the Administrative Agent).

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.04, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement will be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved

by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent will have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article V and in each other Loan Document or in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, will be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except (i) with respect to any Borrowing after the Closing Date, for the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(c) and clause (b) of Section 5.06), (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they will be true and correct as of such earlier date, and (iii) that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 will be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01.

(b)No Default exists, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c)The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender will have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(d)In the case of a Credit Extension to be denominated in an Alternative Currency, there will not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders (in the case of any Loans to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) would make it impracticable for such Credit Extension to be denominated in the relevant Alternative Currency.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Committed Loans) submitted by the Company will be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Company represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. The Company and each Material Subsidiary thereof (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (or the local equivalent) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing (or the local equivalent) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Loan Document to which it is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of the Company’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which the Company is a party or affecting it or its properties or any of its Material Subsidiaries that was required to be filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Company or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law. The Company and each Material Subsidiary thereof is in compliance with all Contractual Obligations referred to in clause (b)(i), except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. Other than a filing on Form 8-K with the SEC, no approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Company of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Company. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable Debtor Relief Laws and the effect of general principles of equity, whether applied by a court of law or equity.

5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a)The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as

otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof.

(b)The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries dated December 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments. Schedule 5.05 sets forth all material indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Company and its Subsidiaries not included in such financial statements.

(c)Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.06 Litigation. are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Company after reasonable due and diligent investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.06, either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 No Default. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01.

5.09 Environmental Compliance. The Company and its Subsidiaries conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Company has reasonably concluded that such Environmental Laws and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Insurance. The properties of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of the Company, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Company or the applicable Material Subsidiary operates.

5.11 Taxes. The Company and its Material Subsidiaries have filed all material federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all material federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Company or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary thereof is party to any tax sharing agreement other than any tax sharing arrangement between or among the Company and any one or more Subsidiaries.

5.12 ERISA Compliance.

(a)Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan and Multiemployer Plan and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained.

(b)There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)(i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur which has resulted or reasonably could result in liability of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate in an amount in excess of $100,000,000; (ii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability among all Pension Plans does not exceed $100,000,000; (iii) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability in excess of $100,000,000 under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability in excess of $100,000,000 (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (v) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a

transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is 60% or higher and neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent valuation date; and (vii) no Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan.

5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. The Company has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 (as it may be updated by the Company from time to time), and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in its Material Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 (as it may be updated by the Company from time to time) free and clear of all Liens. The Company has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 (as it may be updated by the Company from time to time). All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Company have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a)The Company is not engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Borrowing or drawing under each Letter of Credit, not more than 25% of the value of the assets (either of the Company only or of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 or subject to any restriction contained in any similar agreement or instrument between the Company and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness will be margin stock.

(b)None of the Company, any Person Controlling the Company, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.15 Disclosure. The Company has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally, and if orally, on which the Administrative Agent or such Lender in good faith and reasonably relies) by or on behalf of the Company to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by, and taken together as a whole with, other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of

the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Company represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

5.16 Compliance with Laws. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. The Company and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, without conflict with the rights of any other Person, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) with respect to which the failure to possess or have the right to use or the presence of a conflict with the rights of any other Person could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Company, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Company or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person, except where such infringement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 OFAC. Neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary, (i) is currently the subject of any Sanctions, (ii) is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction, or (iii) is or has been (within the previous five (5) years) engaged in any transaction with any Person who is now or was then the subject of Sanctions or who is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction. No Loan, nor the proceeds from any Loan, has been used, directly or indirectly, to lend, contribute, provide or has otherwise made available to fund any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction or to fund any activity or business of any Person located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including any Lender, any Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender) of Sanctions.

ARTICLE VI.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender will have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder will remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit will remain outstanding, the Company will, and will (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02, and 6.03) cause each Material Subsidiary to:

6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a)as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC) (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 29, 2013), a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing as to whether such financial statements are free of material misstatement, which report and opinion will be prepared in accordance with audit standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and will not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit or with respect to the absence of material misstatement; and

(b)as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC) (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013), a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Company’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(b), the Company will not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a) or (b) above, but the foregoing will not be in derogation of the obligation of the Company to furnish the information and materials described in clauses (a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.

6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a)concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company (which delivery may, unless the Administrative Agent or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);

(b)promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the shareholders of the Company, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements that the Company may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(c)promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Company or any Material Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof; and

(d)promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(b) or (c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, will be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Company posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Company’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 (provided that the Company will notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents); (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); (iii) on which such documents are faxed to the Administrative Agent (or electronically mailed to an address provided by the Administrative Agent); or (iv) in respect of the items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(b) or (c), on which such items have been made available on the SEC website. Except with respect to Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent will have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Company with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Company hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Company hereunder (collectively, “Company Materials”) by posting the Company Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Company or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Company hereby agrees that (w) all Company Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders will be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, will mean that the word “PUBLIC” will appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Company Materials “PUBLIC”, the Company will be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Company Materials as not containing any

material non-public information with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Company Materials constitute Information, they will be treated as set forth in Section 10.07); (y) all Company Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers will be entitled to treat any Company Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information”.

6.03 Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a)of the occurrence of any Default;

(b)of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including any such matter resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

(c)of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d)of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Company or any Subsidiary, including any determination by the Company referred to in Section 2.11(b); and

(e)of any announcement by Moody’s or S&P of any change in a Debt Rating.

Each notice pursuant to this Section (other than Section 6.03(e)) will be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) will describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same will become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Material Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property and such Lien is not permitted under Section 7.01; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect the legal existence and good standing of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section

7.03; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of the Company, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Company, which shall then promptly notify the Administrative Agent, of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.

6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied will be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Company or such Material Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers having direct knowledge or responsibility of the subject matter, provided, however, that such visits, inspections or examinations will be made at a reasonable time during normal business hours with due regard for, and minimal disruption of, the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and will not (a) be at the expense of the Company, (b) occur more frequently than once in any 12-month period and (c) be made without five (5) Business Days’ prior notice; provided further, however, that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Company at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

6.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) to refinance amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and (b) for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document, such general corporate purposes will include but not be limited to working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and share repurchases.

ARTICLE VII.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender will have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder will remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit will remain outstanding, the Company in Section 7.01 and Sections 7.03 through 7.06 will not, nor will it permit or allow any Material Subsidiary in any section of this Article VII to, directly or indirectly:

7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a)Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b)Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.02(a);

(c)Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d)carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(e)pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(f)deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g)easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case

materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h)Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(d); and

(j)Liens not otherwise permitted by Sections 7.01(a) through (i) (including but not limited to ERISA Liens) that will not in the aggregate at any time attach to assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company.

7.02 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a)Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.02 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (ii) the terms relating to principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Company or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and the interest rate applicable to any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness does not exceed the then applicable market interest rate;

(b)Guarantees of any Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of any Subsidiary;

(c)obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(d)secured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.02(a) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that does not exceed 5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company;

(e)unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Sections 7.02(a) through (c) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that does not exceed 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company; and

(f)intercompany loans made between the Company and a Subsidiary or any two Subsidiaries.

7.03 Fundamental Changes; Dispositions. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Company or any Material Subsidiary to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a)any Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Company, provided that the Company will be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary, the wholly-owned Subsidiary will be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b)any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Company or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary; and

(c)the Company and any Subsidiary may Dispose of assets so long as the aggregate book value of all assets Disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiaries since the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 7.03(c) does not exceed 20% of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as of the fiscal quarter ended December 30, 2012.

7.04 Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Company and its Material Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.

7.05 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Company, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Company or such Material Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Company or such Material Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction will not apply to transactions between or among the Company and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between and among any wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

7.06 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company to be less than 2.50 to 1.00.

7.07 Burdensome Agreements. Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Material Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Company or any Subsidiary or to otherwise transfer property to the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) of any Material Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Company or (iii) of the Company or any Material Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person; provided, however, that this clause (a)(iii) shall not prohibit any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness which is secured by a Lien permitted under Section 7.01 solely to the extent any such negative

pledge relates to the property to which such Lien has attached; or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of the Company or any Material Subsidiary if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person; provided, further, however, that none of clause (a)(i) (only to the extent relating to the ability of any Material Subsidiary to transfer property to the Company or any Subsidiary), clause (a)(ii), clause (a)(iii) nor clause (b) shall prohibit entering into any such Contractual Obligation set forth in or provided under or pursuant to any Indenture or any Debt Securities.

ARTICLE VIII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following will constitute an Event of Default:

(a)Non-Payment. The Company fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, and in the currency required hereunder, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b)Specific Covenants. The Company fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05, 6.10, or 6.11 or Article VII; or

(c)Other Defaults. The Company fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days unless such failure is not susceptible to cure within 30 days and, within such 30 days, the Company has taken reasonable steps to effectuate a cure and continues to diligently pursue such cure within 60 days of such failure; or

(d)Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Company herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith is incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or

(e)Cross-Default. (i) The Company or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the $100,000,000, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be

repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Company or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the $100,000,000; or

(f)Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. The Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g)Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) The Company or any Material Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Company or any such Material Subsidiary and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

(h)Judgments. There is entered against the Company or any Subsidiary (i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $100,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage) (other than with respect to the Kraft Matter, in which event, such final judgment or order is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,900,000,000), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of ten consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i)ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the $100,000,000, or (ii) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the $100,000,000; or

(j)Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or the Company or any other Person (other than any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer) contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or the Company denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(k)Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control.

8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent will, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a)declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation will be terminated;

(b)declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company;

(c)require that the Company Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d)exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions will automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid will automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Company to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid will automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations will, subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of any Lender or the L/C Issuer) and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Company pursuant to Sections 2.04 and 2.16; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Company or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.04(c) and 2.16, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above will be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount will be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

ARTICLE IX.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.01 Appointment and Authority. Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and the Company will have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market

custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder will have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” will, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent will not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a)will not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b)will not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as will be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent will not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification, or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c)will not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and will not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent will not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as will be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent will believe in good faith will be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent will be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Company, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

The Administrative Agent will not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent will be entitled to rely upon, and will not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and will not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent will have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and will not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article will apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and will apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent.

(a)The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders will have the right, in consultation with the Company, to appoint a successor, which will be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an

office in the United States. If no such successor will have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and will have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as may be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but will not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation will nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b)If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Company and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Company, appoint a successor. If no such successor will have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and will have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as may be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal will nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c)With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent will be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent will continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent will instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor will succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.01(g) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent will be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent will be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 will continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

(d)Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section will also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. If Bank of

America resigns as an L/C Issuer, it will retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it will retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment by the Company of a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder (which successor will in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (a) such successor will succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender will be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer will issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it will from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Book Managers, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents or the Co-Documentation Agents listed on the cover page hereof will have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Company is pending, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation will then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent will have made any demand on the Company) will be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise.

(a)to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the

reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.04(h) and (i), 2.10 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b)to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.10 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein will be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, will be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Company and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent will:

(a)waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;

(b)extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c)postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(d)reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent

of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders will be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Company to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(e)change Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

(f)amend Section 1.06 or the definition of “Alternative Currency” without the written consent of each Lender; or

(g)change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent will, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent will, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent will, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender will have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.

(a)Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein will be in writing and will be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone will be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i)if to the Company, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02; and

(ii)if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Company).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, will be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier will be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, will be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, will be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b)Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing will not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Company may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address will be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website will be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor, provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication will be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

(c)The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMPANY MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE COMPANY MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event will the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Company, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Company’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Company Materials or notices through the Platform, any other electronic platform or electronic messaging service or through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event will any Agent Party have any liability to the Company, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d)Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Company, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Company, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Company Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

(e)Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders will be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic or electronic Committed Loan Notices, Bid Requests and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Company even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Company will indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Company. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Company shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.14), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to the Company under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.14, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a)Costs and Expenses. The Company will pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), and will pay all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of

100

Credit issued hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b)Indemnification by the Company. The Company will indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Company arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Company, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity will not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Company against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee's obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Company has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(c)Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Company for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.13(d).

101

(d)Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients (excluding any Indemnitee) of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The indemnities in this Section 10.04 shall not abrogate, modify or diminish the obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer to keep certain information confidential in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 10.07.

(e)Payments. All amounts due under this Section will be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

(f)Survival. The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 10.02(e) will survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

10.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Company is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied will be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence will survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

10.06 Successors and Assigns.

(a)Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and

102

assigns permitted hereby, except that the Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (e) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (g) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto will be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, will be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (e) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that

(i)except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, will not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be deemed reasonable for the Company to withhold consent for an assignment if such assignment could result in unreimbursed costs, including, without limitation, additional payments pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04)); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(ii)each partial assignment will be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) will not apply to rights in respect of Bid Loans or Swing Line Loans;

(iii)any assignment of a Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender unless the Person that is the proposed

103

assignee is itself a Lender (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee) or an Affiliate of a Lender; and

(iv)the parties to each assignment will execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment; and the Eligible Assignee, if it will not be a Lender, will deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder will be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder will, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender will cease to be a party hereto) but will continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, the Company (at its expense) will execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection will be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (e) of this Section.

(c)Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

104

(d)Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), will maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register will be conclusive, and the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register will be available for inspection by the Company and the L/C Issuer at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.

(e)Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Company or the Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for, the primary benefit of a natural Person, a Defaulting Lender or the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement will remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender will remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer will continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 10.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participation.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation will provide that such Lender will retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (f) of this Section, the Company agrees that each Participant will be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 10.13 as if it were an assignee under subsection (b) of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04, with respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to receive. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Company's request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company to effectuate the

105

provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant's interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that (a) such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or (b) a Lender is requesting, on behalf of a Participant, payment of an amount contemplated by Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(f)Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note(s), if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment will release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g)Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, Committed Loan Notices, Swing Line Loan Notices, waivers, notices and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it. Delivery of Assignment and Assumptions, Committed Loan Notices, Swing Line Loan Notices, and amendments and other modifications, waivers, notices and consents related to this Agreement may be delivered to the Administrative Agent by telecopy, facsimile or other electronic imaging means (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) and will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of such document.

106

(h)Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Company and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Company, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Company will be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Company to appoint any such successor will affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it will retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.04(c)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it will retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor will succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer will issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Company and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Company, (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company or (i) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Company or its Subsidiaries or the credit facility provided hereunder or (ii) the CUSIP Bureau or any similar

107

agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facility provided hereunder.

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Company or any Subsidiary relating to the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Company or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section will be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including federal and state securities Laws.

Subject to any applicable requirements of federal, state or local laws or regulations, including securities laws or regulations, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender will make or cause to be made, whether orally or in writing or otherwise, any public announcement or statement that is intended for the general public and not targeted primarily to reach audiences in the banking industry and the industry’s customers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any of the provisions of this Agreement, without the prior written approval of the Company as to the form, content and timing of such announcement or disclosure, which approval may be given or withheld in the Company’s sole discretion.

10.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Company against any and all of its obligations now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer will have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to

108

the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice will not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents will not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender will receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest will be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Company. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which will constitute an original, but all of which when taken together will constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement will become effective when it will have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent will have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, facsimile or other electronic imaging means (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith will survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and will continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder will remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit will remain outstanding.

10.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the

109

remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties will endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.12, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

10.13 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Company is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Company the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that will assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a)the Company will have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b);

(b)such Lender will have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company (in the case of all other amounts);

(c)in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(d)such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

(e)in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender will not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

110

10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a)GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b)SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WILL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE COMPANY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c)WAIVER OF VENUE. THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d)SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR

111

THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

10.16 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Company that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company, which information includes the name and address of the Company and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Company in accordance with the Act. The Company shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

10.17 Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used will be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Company in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents will, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from the Company in the Agreement Currency, the Company agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Company (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

10.18 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Company acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i)(A) the arranging and other

112

services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Company and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Company is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Company or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender or Arranger has any obligation to the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender or Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Company or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and any Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

113

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

By:

Name: Richard Lautch

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

MORGAN STANLEY BANK , N.A.

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK NEDERLAND” NEW YORK BRANCH

By:

Name:

Title:

Starbucks Corporation

Credit Agreement

Signature Page

Exhibit 10.4

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

2005 LONG-TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Effective February 9, 2005, as amended and restated effective March 20, 2013 and as restated on April 9, 2015 to reflect adjustments for the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on such date)

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

2005 LONG-TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS



		Page

	PART I PURPOSE, ADMINISTRATION AND RESERVATION OF SHARES

Section 1.	Purpose of the Plan	A-1
Section 2.	Definitions	A-1
(a)	Active Status	A-1
(b)	ASC 718	A-1
(c)	Award	A-1
(d)	Award Agreement	A-1
(e)	Beneficial Ownership	A-1
(f)	Board	A-1
(g)	Change of Control	A-2
(h)	Code	A-2
(i)	Committee	A-2
(j)	Common Stock	A-2
(k)	Company	A-2
(l)	Consultant	A-2
(m)	Director	A-2
(n)	Disability	A-2
(o)	Exchange Act	A-2
(p)	Executive Officers	A-2
(q)	Fair Market Value	A-2
(r)	FLSA	A-3
(s)	Prior Plans	A-3
(t)	Incentive Stock Option	A-3
(u)	Independent Director	A-3
(v)	Maximum Annual Participant Award	A-3
(w)	Misconduct	A-3
(x)	Nasdaq	A-3
(y)	Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee	A-3
(z)	Non-Employee Director	A-3
(aa)	Nonqualified Stock Option	A-3
(bb)	Option	A-3
(cc)	Optionee	A-4
(dd)	Original Effective Date	A-4
(ee)	Parent	A-4
(ff)	Participant	A-4
(gg)	Partner	A-4
(hh)	Performance Criteria	A-4
(ii)	Plan	A-4

A-i




(jj)	Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements	A-4
(kk)	Reprice	A-4
(ll)	Resignation (or Resign) for Good Reason	A-4
(mm)	Restated Effective Date	A-4
(nn)	Restricted Stock	A-4
(oo)	Restricted Stock Units	A-4
(pp)	Retirement	A-4
(qq)	SAR	A-5
(rr)	SEC	A-5
(ss)	Share	A-5
(tt)	Stand-Alone SARs	A-5
(uu)	Subcommittee	A-5
(vv)	Subsidiary	A-5
(ww)	Tandem SARs	A-5
Section 3.	Administration of the Plan	A-5
(a)	Authority	A-5
(b)	Powers of the Committee	A-5
(c)	Effect of Committee’s Decision	A-6
(d)	Delegation	A-6
(e)	Administration	A-6
Section 4.	Shares Subject to the Plan	A-6
(a)	Reservation of Shares	A-6
(b)	Time of Granting Awards	A-7
(c)	Securities Law Compliance	A-7
(d)	Substitutions and Assumptions	A-7
Section 5.	Adjustments to Shares Subject to the Plan	A-7

	PART II TERMS APPLICABLE TO ALL AWARDS

Section 6.	General Eligibility	A-7
(a)	Awards	A-7
(b)	Maximum Annual Participant Award	A-7
(c)	No Employment/Service Rights	A-8
Section 7.	Procedure for Exercise of Awards; Rights as a Shareholder	A-8
(a)	Procedure	A-8
(b)	Method of Payment	A-8
(c)	Withholding Obligations	A-8
(d)	Shareholder Rights	A-8
(e)	Non-Transferability of Awards	A-8
Section 8.	Expiration of Awards	A-9
(a)	Expiration, Termination or Forfeiture of Awards	A-9
(b)	Extension of Term	A-9

A-ii



Section 9.	Effect of Change of Control	A-9
(a)	Acceleration	A-9
(b)	Definition	A-9

	PART III SPECIFIC TERMS APPLICABLE TO OPTIONS, STOCK AWARDS AND SARS

Section 10.	Grant, Terms and Conditions of Options	A-10
(a)	Designation	A-10
(b)	Term of Options	A-10
(c)	Option Exercise Price	A-10
(d)	Vesting	A-10
(e)	Substitution of SARs for Options	A-10
(f)	Exercise	A-11
(g)	One-Time Option Exchange Offer	A-11
Section 11.	Grant, Terms and Conditions of Stock Awards	A-11
(a)	Designation	A-11
(b)	Performance Criteria	A-11
(c)	Vesting	A-11
(d)	Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements	A-12
(e)	Exception to Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements	A-12
Section 12.	Grant, Terms and Conditions of SARs	A-12
(a)	Grants	A-12
(b)	Tandem SARs	A-12
(c)	Stand-Alone SARs	A-13
(d)	Exercised SARs	A-13

	PART IV TERM OF PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

Section 13.	Term of Plan	A-13
Section 14.	Amendment and Termination of the Plan	A-13
(a)	Amendment and Termination	A-13
(b)	Participants in Foreign Countries	A-13
(c)	Effect of Amendment or Termination	A-13
Section 15.	Shareholder Approval	A-13

	PART V OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 16.	No Liability of Company	A-14
Section 17.	Non-Exclusivity of Plan	A-14
Section 18.	Governing Law	A-14

A-iii

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

2005 LONG-TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

PART I

PURPOSE, ADMINISTRATION AND RESERVATION OF SHARES

Section 1. Purpose of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are (a) to attract and retain the most talented Partners, officers and Directors available, and (b) to promote the growth and success of the Company’s business, (i) by aligning the long-term interests of Partners, officers and Directors with those of the shareholders by providing an opportunity to acquire an interest in the Company and (ii) by providing both rewards for exceptional performance and long term incentives for future contributions to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or SARs, at the discretion of the Committee. Each Award will be subject to conditions specified in the Plan and in the terms of the Award Agreement, such as continued employment or satisfaction of performance criteria.

This Plan will serve as a framework for the Committee to establish sub-plans or procedures governing the grants to Partners, Directors and Consultants and Partners working outside of the United States. The awards granted under the Prior Plans shall continue to be administered under the Prior Plans until such time as those options are exercised, expire or become unexercisable for any reason.

Section 2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Active Status” shall mean (i) for Partners, the absence of any interruption or termination of service as a Partner, (ii) for Directors, that the Director has not been removed from the Board for cause (as determined by the Company’s shareholders), and (iii) for Consultants, the absence of any interruption, expiration, or termination of such person’s consulting or advisory relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or the occurrence of any termination event as set forth in such person’s Award Agreement. Active Status shall not be considered interrupted (A) for a Partner in the case of sick leave, maternity leave, infant care leave, medical emergency leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence properly taken in accordance with the policies of the Company or any applicable Subsidiary as may be in effect from time to time, and (B) for a Consultant, in the case of any temporary interruption in such person’s availability to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary which has been granted in writing by an authorized officer of the Company. Whenever a mandatory severance period applies under applicable law with respect to a termination of service as a Partner, Active Status shall be considered terminated upon such Partner’s receipt of notice of termination in whatever form prescribed by applicable law.

(b) “ASC 718” shall mean Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718, “Stock Compensation”, as promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

(c) “Award” shall mean any award or benefits granted under the Plan, including Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, and SARs.

(d) “Award Agreement” shall mean a written or electronic agreement or other instrument as may be approved from time to time by the Committee setting forth the terms of the Award. An Award Agreement may be in the form of an agreement to be executed by both the Participant and the Company (or an authorized representative of the Company) or certificates, notices or similar instruments as approved by the Committee.

(e) “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(f) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) “Change of Control” shall mean the first day that any one or more of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(i) the sale, liquidation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in one or a series of related transactions;

A-1

(ii) an acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any outstanding voting securities by any person, after which such person (as the term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) has Beneficial Ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company, other than a Board approved transaction;

(iii) during any 12-consecutive month period, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (“Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided however that except as set forth in this Section 2(g)(iii), an individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the 12-month period, shall be deemed to have satisfied such 12-month requirement and shall be deemed an Incumbent Director if such Director was elected by or on the recommendation of or with the approval of at least two-thirds of the Directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors either actually (because they were Directors at the beginning of such period) or by operation of the provisions of this section; if any such individual initially assumes office as a result of or in connection with either an actual or threatened solicitation with respect to the election of Directors (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12(c) of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitations of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board, then such individual shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization own directly or indirectly immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger, consolidation or reorganization.

(h) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Management Development Committee appointed by the Board.

(j) “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.

(k) “Company” shall mean Starbucks Corporation, a Washington corporation, and any successor thereto.

(l) “Consultant” shall mean any person, except a Partner, engaged by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, to render personal services to such entity, including as an advisor, pursuant to the terms of a written agreement.

(m) “Director” shall mean a member of the Board.

(n) “Disability” shall mean (i) in the case of a Participant whose employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is subject to the terms of an employment or consulting agreement that includes a definition of “Disability,” the term “Disability” as used in this Plan shall have the meaning set forth in such employment or consulting agreement during the period that such employment or consulting agreement remains in effect; and (ii) in all other cases, the term “Disability” as used in this Plan shall have the same meaning as set forth under the Company’s long-term disability plan applicable to the Participant as may be amended from time to time, and in the event the Company does not maintain any such plan with respect to a Participant, a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which renders the Participant incapable of continuing his or her usual and customary employment with the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, for a period of not less than 120 days or such other period as may be required by applicable law.

(o) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “Executive Officers” shall mean the officers of the Company as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act.

(q) “Fair Market Value” shall mean the closing price per share of the Common Stock on Nasdaq as to the date specified (or the previous trading day if the date specified is a day on which no trading occurred), or if Nasdaq shall cease to be the principal exchange or quotation system upon which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted, then such exchange or quotation system as the Company elects to list or quote its shares of Common Stock and that the Committee designates as the Company’s principal exchange or quotation system.

A-2

(r) “FLSA” shall mean the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

(s) “Prior Plans” shall mean the Starbucks Corporation Company-Wide 1991 Stock Option Plan, as amended, the Starbucks Corporation Amended and Restated Key Employee Stock Option Plan-1994, as amended, and the Starbucks Corporation Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

(t) “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean any Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(u) “Independent Director” shall mean a Director who: (1) meets the independence requirements of Nasdaq, or if Nasdaq shall cease to be the principal exchange or quotation system upon which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted, then such exchange or quotation system as the Company elects to list or quote its shares of Common Stock and that the Committee designates as the Company’s principal exchange or quotation system; (2) qualifies as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code; (3) qualifies as a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act; and (4) satisfies independence criteria under any other applicable laws or regulations relating to the issuance of Shares to Partners.

(v) “Maximum Annual Participant Award” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).

(w) “Misconduct” shall mean any of the following; provided, however, that with respect to Non-Employee Directors “Misconduct” shall mean subsection (viii) only:

(i) any material breach of an agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary which, if curable, has not been cured within twenty (20) days after the Participant has been given written notice of the need to cure such breach, or which breach, if previously cured, recurs;

(ii) willful unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant;

(iii) the Participant’s continued willful and intentional failure to satisfactorily perform Participant’s essential responsibilities, provided that the Participant has been given at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of the need to cure the failure and cure has not been effected within that time period, or which failure, if previously cured, recurs;

(iv) material failure of the Participant to comply with rules, policies or procedures of the Company or any Subsidiary as they may be amended from time to time, provided that the Participant has been given at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of the need to cure the failure, if such failure is curable, and cure has not been effected within that time period, or which failure, if previously cured, recurs;

(v) Participant’s dishonesty, fraud or gross negligence related to the business or property of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(vi) personal conduct that is materially detrimental to the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(vii) conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony; or

(viii) in the case of Non-Employee Directors, the removal from the Board for cause (as determined by the Company’s shareholders).

(x) “Nasdaq” shall mean The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.

(y) “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee” shall mean the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee appointed by the Board.

(z) “Non-Employee Director” shall mean a Director who is not a Partner.

(aa) “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option that does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) “Option” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

A-3

(cc) “Optionee” shall mean a Participant who has been granted an Option.

(dd) “Original Effective Date” shall mean February 9, 2005, the date on which the Company’s shareholders first approved this Plan in accordance with applicable Nasdaq rules.

(ee) “Parent” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ff) “Participant” shall mean a Partner, Director or Consultant granted an Award.

(gg) “Partner” shall mean any person, including an officer, who is a common law employee of, receives remuneration for personal services to, is reflected on the official human resources database as an employee of, and is on the payroll of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. A person is on the payroll if he or she is paid from or at the direction of the payroll department of the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company. Persons providing services to the Company, or to any Subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to an agreement with a staff leasing organization, temporary workers engaged through or employed by temporary or leasing agencies, and workers who hold themselves out to the Company, or a Subsidiary to which they are providing services as being independent contractors, or as being employed by or engaged through another company while providing the services, and persons covered by a collective bargaining agreement (unless the collective bargaining agreement applicable to the person specifically provides for participation in this Plan) are not Partners for purposes of this Plan and do not and cannot participate in this Plan, whether or not such persons are, or may be reclassified by the courts, the Internal Revenue Service, the U. S. Department of Labor, or other person or entity as, common law employees of the Company, or any Subsidiary, either solely or jointly with another person or entity.

(hh) “Performance Criteria” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(b).

(ii) “Plan” shall mean this Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, including any amendments thereto.

(jj) “Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements” shall mean the minimum vesting requirements for Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under Plan Section 11(d) hereunder.

(kk) “Reprice” shall mean the reduction of the exercise price of Options or SARs previously awarded, and, at any time when the exercise price of Options or SARs is above the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, the cancellation and re-grant or the exchange of such outstanding Options or SARs for either cash or a new Award with a lower (or no) exercise price.

(ll) “Resignation (or Resign) for Good Reason” shall mean any voluntary termination by written resignation of the Active Status of any Partner after a Change of Control because of: (1) a material reduction in the Partner’s authority, responsibilities or scope of employment; (2) an assignment of duties to the Partner inconsistent with the Partner’s role at the Company (including its Subsidiaries) prior to the Change of Control, (3) a reduction in the Partner’s base salary or total incentive compensation; (4) a material reduction in the Partner’s benefits unless such reduction applies to all Partners of comparable rank; or (5) the relocation of the Partner’s primary work location more than fifty (50) miles from the Partner’s primary work location prior to the Change of Control; provided that the Partner’s written notice of voluntary resignation must be tendered within one (1) year after the Change of Control, and shall specify which of the events described in (1) through (5) resulted in the resignation.

(mm) “Restated Effective Date” shall mean the date on which the Company’s shareholders approved this amendment and restatement of the Plan in accordance with applicable Nasdaq rules.

(nn) “Restricted Stock” shall mean a grant of Shares pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(oo) “Restricted Stock Units” shall mean a grant of the right to receive Shares in the future or their cash equivalent (or both) pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(pp) “Retirement” shall mean, (i) with respect to any Partner, voluntary termination of employment after attainment of age 55 and at least ten (10) years of credited service with the Company or any Subsidiary (but only during the time the Subsidiary was a Subsidiary), as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and (ii) with respect to any Non-Employee Director, ceasing to be a Director pursuant to election by the Company’s

A-4

shareholders or by voluntary resignation with the approval of the Board’s chair after having attained the age of 55 years and served continuously on the Board for at least six years.

(qq) “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right awarded pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.

(rr) “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(ss) “Share” shall mean one share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 5 of the Plan.

(tt) “Stand-Alone SARs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12(c) of the Plan.

(uu) “Subcommittee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(d).

(vv) “Subsidiary” shall mean (1) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, and (2) in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, Restricted Stock, a Restricted Stock Unit or a SAR, in addition to a subsidiary corporation as defined in (1), (A) a limited liability company, partnership or other entity in which the Company controls fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power or equity interests, or (B) an entity with respect to which the Company possesses the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that entity, whether through the Company’s ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(ww) “Tandem SARs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12(b) of the Plan.

Section 3. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Authority. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and exclusive power to administer the Plan on behalf of the Board, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Committee’s power to administer the Plan, and actions the Committee takes under the Plan, shall be subject to the limitation that certain actions may be subject to review and approval by either the full Board or a panel consisting of all of the Independent Directors of the Company.

(b) Powers of the Committee. Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, and SARs to Participants and to determine the terms and conditions of such Awards, including the determination of the Fair Market Value of the Shares and the exercise price, and to modify or amend each Award, with the consent of the Participant when required;

(ii) to determine the Participants, to whom Awards, if any, will be granted hereunder, the timing of such Awards, and the number of Shares to be represented by each Award;

(iii) to construe and interpret the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder;

(iv) to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including the forms of Award Agreement and manner of acceptance of an Award, and to take or approve such further actions as it determines necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan and Awards, such as correcting a defect or supplying any omission, or reconciling any inconsistency so that the Plan or any Award Agreement complies with applicable law, regulations and listing requirements and so as to avoid unanticipated consequences or address unanticipated events (including any temporary closure of Nasdaq, disruption of communications or natural catastrophe) deemed by the Committee to be inconsistent with the purposes of the Plan or any Award Agreement, provided that no such action shall be taken absent shareholder approval to the extent required under Section 14;

(v) to establish performance criteria for Awards made pursuant to the Plan in accordance with a methodology established by the Committee, and to determine whether performance goals have been attained;

(vi) to accelerate or defer (with the consent of the Participant) the exercise or vested date of any Award;

A-5

(vii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Award previously granted by the Committee;

(viii) to establish sub-plans, procedures or guidelines for the grant of Awards to Partners, Directors, Consultants and Partners working outside of the United States; and

(ix) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;

provided that, no consent of a Participant is necessary under clauses (i) or (vi) if a modification, amendment, acceleration, or deferral, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee confers a benefit on the Participant or is made pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 5.

(c) Effect of Committee’s Decision. All decisions, determinations, and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Participants, the Company (including its Subsidiaries), any shareholder and all other persons.

(d) Delegation. Consistent with the Committee’s charter, as such charter may be amended from time to time, the Committee may delegate (i) to one or more separate committees consisting of members of the Committee or other Directors (any such committee a “Subcommittee”), or (ii) to an Executive Officer of the Company, the ability to grant Awards and take the other actions described in Section 3(b) with respect to Participants who are not Executive Officers, and such actions shall be treated for all purposes as if taken by the Committee; provided that the grant of Awards shall be made in accordance with parameters established by the Committee. Any action by any such Subcommittee or Executive Officer within the scope of such delegation shall be deemed for all purposes to have been taken by the Committee.

(e) Administration. The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan to an officer or officers of the Company, and such administrator(s) may have the authority to directly, or under their supervision, execute and distribute agreements or other documents evidencing or relating to Awards granted by the Committee under this Plan, to maintain records relating to the grant, vesting, exercise, forfeiture or expiration of Awards, to process or oversee the issuance of Shares upon the exercise, vesting and/or settlement of an Award, to interpret the terms of Awards and to take such other actions as the Committee may specify. Any action by any such administrator within the scope of its delegation shall be deemed for all purposes to have been taken by the Committee and references in this Plan to the Committee shall include any such administrator, provided that the actions and interpretations of any such administrator shall be subject to review and approval, disapproval or modification by the Committee.

Section 4. Shares Subject to the Plan.

(a) Reservation of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 of the Plan, the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Awards granted on or after September 30, 2012 shall be 139,224,716 (as adjusted to reflect the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on April 9, 2015) plus any shares that on September 30, 2012 are subject to outstanding awards under the Plan or the Prior Plans that after such date cease to be subject to such awards for any reason other than such awards having been exercised. Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares (adjusted, proportionately, in the event of any stock split or stock dividend with respect to the Shares) which may be granted as Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed 139,224,716. The aggregate number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be reduced by 2.1 Shares for each Share delivered in settlement of any award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit and one Share for each Share delivered in settlement of an Option or a SAR. If an Award expires, is forfeited, is settled in cash or becomes unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the undelivered Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares subject to an Award under this Plan may not again be made available for issuance under this Plan if such Shares are: (i) shares that were subject to a stock-settled SAR and were not issued upon the net settlement or net exercise of such SAR, (ii) shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option, (iii) shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the withholding taxes related to an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, or (iv) shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an Option exercise. Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by any shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding awards under the Prior Plans on the date of shareholder approval of the Plan that later cease to be subject to such awards for any reason other than such awards having been exercised, subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 5, which shares of Common Stock shall, as of the date such shares cease to be subject to such awards, cease to be available for grant and issuance under the Prior Plans, but shall be available for issuance under the Plan. Any

A-6

Shares that become available for grant pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be added back as one Share if such shares were subject to Options or SARs granted under this Plan or options or stock appreciation rights granted under a Former Plan, and as 2.1 Shares if such shares were subject to Awards other than Options or SARs granted under this Plan or subject to awards other than options or stock appreciation rights granted under a Former Plan. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired shares of Common Stock.

(b) Time of Granting Awards. The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Company completes the corporate action relating to the grant of such Award and all conditions to the grant have been satisfied, provided that conditions to the exercise of an Award shall not defer the date of grant. Notice of a grant shall be given to each Participant to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the determination has been made.

(c) Securities Law Compliance. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated under either such Act, and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(d) Substitutions and Assumptions. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to substitute or assume Awards in connection with mergers, reorganizations, separations, or other transactions to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, provided such substitutions and assumptions are permitted by Section 424 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The number of Shares reserved pursuant to Section 4(a) may be increased by the corresponding number of Awards assumed and, in the case of a substitution, by the net increase in the number of Shares subject to Awards before and after the substitution.

Section 5. Adjustments to Shares Subject to the Plan. If any change is made to the Shares by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the number and/or class of securities and/or the price per Share covered by outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the Maximum Annual Participant Award, and (iv) the maximum number of Shares that can be granted as Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. The Committee may also make adjustments described in (i)-(iv) of the previous sentence in the event of any distribution of assets to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend. In determining adjustments to be made under this Section 5, the Committee may take into account such factors as it deems appropriate, including the restrictions of applicable law and the potential tax consequences of an adjustment, and in light of such factors may make adjustments that are not uniform or proportionate among outstanding Awards. Adjustments, if any, and any determinations or interpretations, including any determination of whether a distribution is other than a normal cash dividend, made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. For purposes of this Section 5, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”

Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.

PART II

TERMS APPLICABLE TO ALL AWARDS

Section 6. General Eligibility.

(a) Awards. Awards may be granted to Participants who are Partners, Directors or Consultants; provided however that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Partners.

(b) Maximum Annual Participant Award. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5, the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which an Award or Awards may be granted to any one Participant in any one taxable year of the Company (the “Maximum Annual Participant Award”) shall not exceed 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock. If an Option is in tandem with a SAR, such that the exercise of the Option or SAR with respect to a Share cancels

A-7

the tandem SAR or Option right, respectively, with respect to each Share, the tandem Option and SAR rights with respect to each Share shall be counted as covering but one Share for purposes of the Maximum Annual Participant Award.

(c) No Employment/Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon any Participant the right to an Award or to continue in service as a Partner or Consultant for any period of specific duration, or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Subsidiary employing or retaining such person), or of any Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s services at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

Section 7. Procedure for Exercise of Awards; Rights as a Shareholder.

(a) Procedure. An Award shall be exercised when written, electronic or verbal notice of exercise has been given to the Company, or the brokerage firm or firms approved by the Company to facilitate exercises and sales under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised has been received by the Company or the brokerage firm or firms, as applicable. The notification to the brokerage firm shall be made in accordance with procedures of such brokerage firm approved by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Committee, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 7(b) of the Plan. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such share certificate promptly upon exercise of the Award. In the event that the exercise of an Award is treated in part as the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option and in part as the exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option pursuant to Section 10(a), the Company shall issue a share certificate evidencing the Shares treated as acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option and a separate share certificate evidencing the Shares treated as acquired upon the exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option, and shall identify each such certificate accordingly in its share transfer records. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the share certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 5 of the Plan.

(b) Method of Payment. The consideration to be paid for any Shares to be issued upon exercise or other required settlement of an Award, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Committee and which forms may include: (i) with respect to an Option, a request that the Company or the designated brokerage firm conduct a cashless exercise of the Option; (ii) cash; (iii) tender of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant; and (iv) withholding of shares of Common Stock that otherwise would be issued upon exercise or settlement of the Award, in each case, in accordance with rules established by the Committee from time to time. Shares used to pay the exercise price shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date.

(c) Withholding Obligations. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, the Committee may and/or a Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise with respect to any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, SAR, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or any sale of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue Shares or to recognize the disposition of such Shares until such obligations are satisfied. These obligations may be satisfied by having the Company withhold a portion of the Shares that otherwise would be issued to a Participant under such Award or by tendering Shares previously acquired by the Participant in accordance with rules established by the Committee from time to time. The value of the Shares so withheld or tendered may not exceed the employer’s minimum required tax withholding rate.

(d) Shareholder Rights. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the share certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Award.

(e) Non-Transferability of Awards. An Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in exchange for consideration, except that an Award may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant; unless the Committee permits further transferability, on a general or specific basis, in which case the Committee may impose conditions and limitations on any permitted transferability.

A-8

Section 8. Expiration of Awards.

(a) Expiration, Termination or Forfeiture of Awards. Unless otherwise provided in this Plan or in the applicable Award Agreement or any severance or employment agreement, unvested Awards granted under this Plan shall expire, terminate, or otherwise be forfeited immediately upon termination of a Participant’s Active Status for any reason, and vested Awards granted under this Plan shall expire, terminate, or otherwise be forfeited as follows:

(i) three (3) months after the date the Company delivers a notice of termination of Active Status for a Participant other than a Non-Employee Director, other than in circumstances covered by (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) below; or thirty-six (36) months after the date a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director, other than in circumstances covered by (ii) and (iv) below;

(ii) immediately upon termination of a Participant’s Active Status for Misconduct;

(iii) twelve (12) months after the date on which a Participant other than a Non-Employee Director ceased performing services as a result of his or her total and permanent Disability;

(iv) twelve (12) months after the date of the death of a Participant whose Active Status terminated as a result of his or her death; and

(v) thirty-six (36) months after the date on which the Participant ceased performing services as a result of Retirement.

(b) Extension of Term. Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, the Committee shall have the authority to extend the expiration date of any outstanding Option, other than an Incentive Stock Option, or SAR in circumstances in which it deems such action to be appropriate (provided that no such extension shall extend the term of an Option or SAR beyond the date on which the Option or SAR would have expired if no termination of the Partner’s Active Status had occurred).

Section 9. Effect of Change of Control. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply unless otherwise provided in the most recently executed agreement between the Participant and the Company, or specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any applicable governmental agencies or national securities exchanges or quotation systems.

(a) Acceleration. Awards of a Participant shall be Accelerated (as defined in Section 9(b) below) as follows:

(i) With respect to Non-Employee Directors, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control;

(ii) With respect to any Partner, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control described in Section 2(g)(i);

(iii) With respect to any Partner who Resigns for Good Reason or whose Active Status is terminated within one year after a Change of Control described in Section 2(g)(ii) or (iii);

(iv) With respect to any Partner, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control described in Section 2(g)(iv) in connection with which each Award is not assumed or an equivalent award substituted by such successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of such successor entity; and

(v) With respect to any Partner who Resigns for Good Reason or whose Active Status is terminated within one year after a Change of Control described in Section 2(g)(iv) in connection with which each Award is assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of such successor entity.

(b) Definition. For purposes of this Section 9, Awards of a Participant being “Accelerated” means, with respect to such Participant:

(i) any and all Options and SARs shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable, and shall remain exercisable throughout their entire term;

(ii) any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that are not performance-based shall lapse;

A-9

(iii) any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that are performance-based (and for which the performance period has not yet been completed) shall lapse, with such performance-based criteria deemed achieved at the target level specified in the Award Agreement; and

(iv) the restrictions and deferral limitations and other conditions applicable to any other Awards shall lapse, and such other Awards shall become free of all restrictions, limitations or conditions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant.

PART III

SPECIFIC TERMS APPLICABLE TO OPTIONS, STOCK AWARDS AND SARS

Section 10. Grant, Terms and Conditions of Options.

(a) Designation. Each Option shall be designated in an Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Partner during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.

(b) Terms of Options. The term of each Incentive Stock Option shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns Shares representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be no more than five (5) years from the date of grant. The term of all Nonqualified Stock Options shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

(i) The per Share exercise price under an Incentive Stock Option shall be as follows:

(A) If granted to a Partner who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns shares representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) If granted to any other Partner, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) The per Share exercise price under a Nonqualified Stock Option or SAR shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) In no event shall the Board or the Committee be permitted to Reprice an Option after the date of grant without shareholder approval.

(d) Vesting. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or any written severance or employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, to the extent Options vest and become exercisable in increments, such Options shall cease vesting as of the date of the Optionee’s Disability or termination of such Optionee’s Active Status (or, for Directors, as of the date the Director ceases to serve as a Director) for reasons other than Retirement or death, and, in case of such Optionee’s termination of Active Status (or, for Directors, the Director’s ceasing to serve as a Director) due to Retirement or death, such Options shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable.

(e) Substitution of SARs for Options. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Company is required to or elects to record as an expense in its consolidated statements of earnings the cost of Options pursuant to ASC 718 or a similar accounting requirement, the Committee shall have the sole discretion to substitute, without receiving Participants’ permission, SARs paid only in stock for outstanding Options; provided, the terms of the substituted SARs are the same as the terms of the Options, the number of shares underlying the number of SARs equals the number of shares underlying the Options and the difference between the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares and the grant price of the SARs is equivalent to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the Options.

A-10

(f) Exercise. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee at the time of grant, and as are permissible under the terms of the Plan. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(g) One-Time Option Exchange Offer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s shareholders, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one-time-only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Options could, at the election of the person holding such Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a lesser amount of Options with a lower exercise price, provided that such one-time-only option exchange offer is commenced within six months of the date of such shareholder approval.

Section 11. Grant, Terms and Conditions of Stock Awards.

(a) Designation. Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan. Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units may include dividend or dividend equivalent rights, as may be specified in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that dividends or dividend equivalent rights shall not be paid currently with respect to any Shares underlying awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that vest or are earned on the basis of Performance Criteria, except to the extent that such Shares are earned. After the Committee determines that it will offer Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in writing or electronically, by means of an Award Agreement, of the terms, conditions and restrictions, including vesting, if any, related to the offer, including the number of Shares that the Participant shall be entitled to receive or purchase, the price to be paid, if any, and, if applicable, the time within which the Participant must accept the offer. The offer shall be accepted by execution of an Award Agreement or as otherwise directed by the Committee. Payment, if any, of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be made as permitted by Section 7(b). Restricted Stock Units can be settled in Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the settlement date, in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash, as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The term of each award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be at the discretion of the Committee.

(b) Performance Criteria. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to the Performance Criteria selected by the Committee and specified at the time such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are granted. For purposes of this Plan, “Performance Criteria” means one or more of the following (as selected by the Committee): (i) cash flow; (ii) earnings per share, as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend or other recapitalization; (iii) earnings measures; (iv) return on equity; (v) total shareholder return; (vi) share price performance, as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend or other recapitalization; (vii) return on capital; (viii) revenue; (ix) income; (x) profit margin; (xi) return on operating revenue; (xii) brand recognition/acceptance; (xiii) customer satisfaction; (xiv) productivity; (xv) expense targets; (xvi) market share; (xvii) cost control measures; (xiii) inventory turns or cycle time; (xix) balance sheet metrics; or (xx) strategic initiatives; provided, however, that “Performance Criteria” shall include any derivations of these Performance Criteria (e.g., income shall include pre-tax income, net income, operating income, etc.). Any of these Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit or division of the Company. Performance Criteria may be stated in absolute terms or relative to comparison companies or indices to be achieved during a period of time.

The Committee may provide, at the time it establishes performance goals for any award, that any evaluation of performance shall include or exclude any one or more of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (i) significant acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets by the Company, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or provisions affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary items as described in Accounting Standards Codification section 225-20-20; (vi) significant, non-recurring charges or credits; and (vii) foreign exchange rates. To the extent such inclusions or exclusions affect Awards to Covered Employees, they shall be prescribed in a form that satisfies the requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

(c) Vesting. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the Award Agreement shall provide for the forfeiture of the non-vested Shares underlying Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units upon the termination of a Participant’s Active Status. To the extent that the Participant purchased the Shares granted under such Restricted

A-11

Stock or Restricted Stock Units and any such Shares remain non-vested at the time the Participant’s Active Status terminates, the termination of Active Status shall cause an immediate sale of such non-vested Shares to the Company at the original price per Share paid by the Participant.

(d) Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements. Subject to the exceptions in Section 11(e), all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted to Executive Officers that are subject to vesting or issuance solely based on such Participant’s continuing in Active Status may not vest in full or be issued earlier (except if accelerated pursuant to (A) Change of Control as described in Section 9 (including vesting acceleration in connection with employment termination following such event), (B) the death of the Participant, (C) the Disability of the Participant, or (D) the Participant’s Retirement) than the three-year anniversary of the grant date, and all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted to Executive Officers that are subject to vesting or issuance based in whole or in part on performance conditions and/or the level of achievement versus such performance conditions shall be subject to a performance period of not less than one year.

(e) Exception to Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements.

(i) Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that result in issuing up to 5% of the maximum aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan (the “5% Limit”) may be granted to any one or more Executive Officers without respect to the Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements.

(ii) All Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted to Executive Officers that have their vesting or issuance discretionarily accelerated, other than pursuant to (A) Change of Control as described in Section 9 (including vesting acceleration in connection with employment termination following such event), (B) the death of the Participant, (C) the Disability of the Participant, or (D) the Participant’s Retirement, are subject to the 5% Limit.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the vesting of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units such that the Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements are still satisfied, without such vesting acceleration counting toward the 5% Limit.

(iv) The 5% Limit applies in the aggregate to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit grants that do not satisfy Plan Minimum Vesting or Issuance Requirements and to the discretionary acceleration of Awards.

Section 12. Grant, Terms and Conditions of SARs.

(a) Grants. The Committee shall have the full power and authority, exercisable in its sole discretion, to grant SARs to selected Participants. The Committee is authorized to grant both tandem stock appreciation rights, consisting of SARs with underlying Options (“Tandem SARs”), and stand-alone stock appreciation rights (“Stand-Alone SARs”) as described below. The terms of SARs shall be at the discretion of the Committee. In no event shall the Board or the Committee be permitted to Reprice a SAR after the date of grant without shareholder approval.


(b)	Tandem SARs.

(i) Participants may be granted a Tandem SAR, exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish, to elect between the exercise of the underlying Option for Shares or the surrender of the Option in exchange for a distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value (on the Option surrender date) of the number of Shares in which the Participant is at the time vested under the surrendered Option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (B) the aggregate exercise price payable for such vested Shares.

(ii) No such Option surrender shall be effective unless it is approved by the Committee, either at the time of the actual Option surrender or at any earlier time. If the surrender is so approved, then the distributions to which the Participant shall become entitled under this Section 12(b) may be made in Shares valued at Fair Market Value (on the Option surrender date), in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

(iii) If the surrender of an Option is not approved by the Committee, then the Participant shall retain whatever rights he or she had under the surrendered Option (or surrendered portion thereof) on the Option surrender date and may exercise such rights at any time prior to the later of (A) five (5) business days after the receipt of the rejection notice or (B) the last day on which the Option is otherwise exercisable in accordance with the terms of the

A-12

instrument evidencing such Option, but in no event may such rights be exercised more than ten (10) years after the date of the Option grant.

(i) A Participant may be granted a Stand-Alone SAR not tied to any underlying Option under Section 10 of the Plan. The Stand-Alone SAR shall cover a specified number of Shares and shall be exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish. Upon exercise of the Stand-Alone SAR, the holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the exercise date) of the Shares underlying the exercised right over (B) the aggregate base price in effect for those Shares.

(ii) The number of Shares underlying each Stand-Alone SAR and the base price in effect for those Shares shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Stand-Alone SAR is granted. In no event, however, may the base price per Share be less than the Fair Market Value per underlying Share on the grant date.

(iii) The distribution with respect to an exercised Stand-Alone SAR may be made in Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date, in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

(iv) The term of all Stand-Alone SARs shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

(d) Exercised SARs. The Shares issued in settlement of any SARs exercised under this Section 12, and the Shares underlying any exercised SARs that were not issued in settlement of the SAR, shall not be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan.

PART IV

TERM OF PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

Section 13. Term of Plan. The Plan was originally effective as of the Original Effective Date. It shall continue in effect until the tenth anniversary of the Restated Effective Date or until terminated under Section 14 of the Plan or extended by an amendment approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 14(a).

Section 14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board or the Committee may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable (including, but not limited to amendments which the Board deems appropriate to enhance the Company’s ability to claim deductions related to stock option exercises); provided that to the extent required by the Code or the rules of Nasdaq or the SEC, shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, it is specifically intended that the Board or Committee may amend the Plan without shareholder approval to comply with legal, regulatory and listing requirements and to avoid unanticipated consequences deemed by the Committee to be inconsistent with the purpose of the Plan or any Award Agreement.

(b) Participants in Foreign Countries. The Committee shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, and sub-plans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws of foreign countries in which the Company or its Subsidiaries may operate to assure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants performing services in such countries and to meet the objectives of the Plan.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. Any amendment or termination of the Plan shall not impair the rights of holders of Awards and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Committee, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.

Section 15. Shareholder Approval. The effectiveness of the Plan is subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with applicable Nasdaq rules.

A-13

PART V

OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 16. No Liability of Company. The Company and any Subsidiary that is in existence or hereafter comes into existence shall not be liable to a Participant or any other person as to: (i) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder; and (ii) any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award granted hereunder.

Section 17. Non-Exclusivity of Plan. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as either may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Options otherwise than under this Plan or an arrangement not intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m), and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

Section 18. Governing Law. This Plan and any agreements or other documents hereunder shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington and applicable federal law. Any reference in this Plan or in the agreement or other document evidencing any Award to a provision of law or to a rule or regulation shall be deemed to include any successor law, rule or regulation of similar effect or applicability.

A-14

Exhibit 10.5

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN - 1995

As Amended and Restated Effective April 1, 2009 and as restated on April 9, 2015 to reflect adjustments for the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on such date

1. Purpose of the Plan. The Starbucks Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan - 1995 (the “Plan”) is intended to provide a method whereby eligible employees of Starbucks Corporation (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries will have an opportunity to purchase Shares of the common stock of the Company. The Company believes that employee participation in the ownership of the Company is of benefit to both the employees and the Company. The Company intends to have the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (as hereinafter defined). The provisions of the Plan shall, accordingly, be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of that Section of the Code.

2. Definitions.

Account. “Account” shall mean the funds that are accumulated with respect to each individual Participant as a result of payroll deductions for the purpose of purchasing Shares under the Plan. The funds that are allocated to a Participant’s Account shall at all times remain the property of that Participant, but such funds may be commingled with the general funds of the Company.

Affected Person. “Affected Person” shall mean a Participant residing or employed in an area covered by a Presidentially Declared Disaster and affected by such Presidentially Declared Disaster.

Base Pay. “Base Pay” means an employee’s regular straight time salary or earnings.

Board. The “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code. The “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commencement Date. The “Commencement Date” means the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1, as the case may be, on which a particular Offering begins.

Committee. The “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or another committee appointed by the Board to administer and fulfill its duties under the Plan.

Ending Date. The “Ending Date” means the March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31, as the case may be, on which the particular Offering concludes.

ESPP Broker. The “ESPP Broker” is a qualified stock brokerage or other financial services firm that has been designated by the Company.

Fair Market Value. The “Fair Market Value” of the Shares shall be the price per Share as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market at the close of regular trading. The Board or the Committee may designate a different time or method of determining Fair Market Value if appropriate because of changes in the hours and methods of trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market If the common stock ceases to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market the Board or the Committee shall designate an alternative exchange, stock market, or method of determining Fair Market Value of the common stock.

Holding Period. The “Holding Period” shall mean the holding period that is set forth in Section 423(a) of the Code, which, as of the date that the Company’s Board of Directors adopted this Plan, is the later of (a) the two-year period after the Commencement Date and (b) the one-year period after transfer to a Participant of any Shares under the Plan.

Offerings. “Offerings” means the consecutive three-month periods for the purchase and sale of Shares under the Plan. Each one of the Offerings shall be referred to as an “Offering.”

Participant. “Participant” means an employee who, pursuant to Section 3, is eligible to participate in the Plan and has complied with the requirements of Section 7.

Presidentially Declared Disaster. “Presidentially Declared Disaster” shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 1033(h)(3) of the Code.

Shares. “Shares” means shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share, that will be sold to Participants under the Plan.

Subsidiaries. “Subsidiaries” shall mean any present or future domestic or foreign corporation that: (i) would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as that term is defined in Section 424 of the Code, and (ii) whose employees have been designated by the Board or the Committee to be eligible, subject to Section 3, to be Participants under the Plan.

Withdrawal Notice. “Withdrawal Notice” means a notice, in a form designated by the Company, that a Participant who wishes to withdraw from the Plan must submit to the Company pursuant to Section 22.

3. Employees Eligible to Participate. Any regular employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who (a) is in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the Commencement Date, (b) has been so employed for at least ninety consecutive days, and (c) has been paid for an average of at least twenty hours per week during such employment, is eligible to participate in the Plan.

4. Offerings. The Plan shall consist of Offerings commencing on July 1, 1995 and on each subsequent October 1, January 1, April 1, and July 1.

5. Price. The purchase price per Share shall be 95 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Ending Date, or the nearest prior business day.

6. Number of Shares Offered Under the Plan. The maximum number of Shares that will be offered under the Plan is 64,000,000 (as adjusted to reflect the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on April 9, 2015). If, on any date, the total number of Shares for which purchase rights are to be granted pursuant to Section 9 exceeds the number of Shares then available under this Section 6 after deduction of all Shares (a) that have been purchased under the Plan and (b) for which rights to purchase are then outstanding, the Company shall make a pro-rata allocation of the Shares that remain available in as nearly a uniform manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine, in its sole judgment, to be equitable. In such event, the number of Shares each Participant may purchase shall be reduced and the Company shall give to each Participant a written notice of such reduction.

7. Participation. An eligible employee may become a Participant by completing the enrollment process as designated by the Company prior to the Commencement Date of the Offering to which it relates. Participation in one Offering under the Plan shall neither limit, nor require, participation in any other Offering, but a Participant shall remain enrolled in the Plan until the Participant withdraws from the Plan pursuant to Section 13 hereof, or his or her employment is terminated with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

8. Payroll Deductions.

8.1 At the time the enrollment process is completed and for so long as a Participant participates in the Plan, each Participant shall authorize the Company to make payroll deductions of a whole percentage (not partial or fractional) of Base Pay; provided, however, that no payroll deduction shall be less than one percent or exceed 10 percent of Base Pay. The amount of the minimum percentage deduction may be adjusted by the Board of Directors or Committee from time to time; provided, however, that a Participant’s existing rights under any Offering that has already commenced may not be adversely affected thereby.

8.2 Each Participant’s payroll deductions shall be credited to that Participant’s Account. A Participant may not make a separate cash payment into such Account nor may payment for Shares be made from other than the Participant’s Account.

8.3 A Participant’s payroll deductions shall begin on or following the Commencement Date, and shall continue until the termination of the Plan unless the Participant elects to withdraw pursuant to Section 13 or changes his or her contribution percentage prior to the Commencement Date for a subsequent Offering.

8.4 A Participant may discontinue participation in the Plan as provided in Section 13, but no other change may be made during an Offering and, specifically, a Participant may not alter the amount or rate of payroll deductions during an Offering.

8.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee or any officer designated by the Committee may establish special procedures and permit Affected Persons to reduce the amount or rate of payroll deductions during an Offering, subject to the minimum percentage deduction as provided in Section 8.1; provided, however, that any such procedures do not result in the modification of any outstanding Option within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

9. Granting of Right to Purchase. On the Commencement Date, the Plan shall be deemed to have granted automatically to each Participant a right to purchase as many full Shares (not any fractional Shares) as may be purchased with such Participant’s Account.

10. Purchase of Shares. On the Ending Date, each Participant who has not otherwise withdrawn from an Offering shall be deemed to have carried out the right to purchase, and shall be deemed to have purchased at the purchase price set forth in Section 5, the number of full Shares (not any fractional Shares) that may be purchased with such Participant’s Account.

11. Participant’s Rights as a Shareholder. No Participant shall have any rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares have been purchased in accordance with Section 10 and issued by the Company.

12. Evidence of Ownership of Shares.

12.1 Promptly following the Ending Date of each Offering, the Shares that are purchased by each Participant shall be deposited into an account that is established in the Participant’s name with the ESPP Broker.

12.2 A Participant may direct, by written notice to the ESPP Broker prior to the Ending Date of the pertinent Offering, that the ESPP Broker account be established in the names of the Participant and one such other person as may be designated by the Participant as joint tenants with right of survivorship, tenants in common, or community property, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law.

12.3 A Participant shall be free to undertake a disposition, as that term is defined in Section 424(c) of the Code (which generally includes any sale, exchange, gift, or transfer of legal title), of Shares in the Participant’s ESPP Broker account at any time, whether by sale, exchange, gift, or other transfer of title. Subject to Section 12.4 below, in the absence of such a disposition of the Shares, however, the Shares must remain in the Participant’s account at the ESPP Broker until the Holding Period has been satisfied. With respect to Shares for which the Holding Period has been satisfied, a Participant may move such Shares to an account at another brokerage firm of the Participant’s choosing or request that a certificate that represents the Shares be issued and delivered to the Participant.

12.4 A Participant who is not subject to United States taxation may, at any time and without regard to the Holding Period, move his or her Shares to an account at another brokerage firm of the Participant’s choosing or request that a certificate that represents the Shares be issued and delivered to the Participant.

13. Withdrawal.

13.1 A Participant may withdraw from the Plan, in whole but not in part, by delivering a Withdrawal Notice to the Company by the 15th of the month or date designated by the Company prior to the next Offering. A Participant’s withdrawal will become effective on the Commencement Date of the next Offering following withdrawal. After such withdrawal, the Company shall refund the Participant’s entire Account as soon as practicable.

13.2 An employee who has previously withdrawn from the Plan may re-enter by complying with the requirements of Section 7. Upon compliance with such requirements, an employee’s re-entry into the Plan will become effective on the Commencement Date of the next Offering following the date the employee complies with Section 7 with respect to the re-entry.

13.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee or any officer designated by the Committee may establish special procedures and extend the withdrawal period for an Offering at any time during that Offering for Affected Persons, and such a withdrawal will become effective immediately upon receipt of a Withdrawal Notice by the Company pursuant to Section 22; provided, however, that any such procedures do not result in the modification of any outstanding Option within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

14. Carryover of Account. At the conclusion of each Offering, the Company shall automatically re-enroll each Participant in the next Offering, and the balance of each Participant’s Account shall be used to purchase Shares in the subsequent Offering, unless the Participant has advised the Company otherwise in writing, or as set forth in Section 20, in which case the Company shall refund to the Participant the funds that remain in the Participant’s Account as soon as practicable thereafter.

15. Interest. No interest shall be paid or allowed on a Participant’s Account.

16. Rights Not Transferable. No Participant shall be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber such Participant’s Account or any rights to purchase or to receive Shares under the Plan other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such rights and interests shall not be liable for, or subject to, a Participant’s debts, contracts, or liabilities. If a Participant purports to make a transfer, or a third party makes a claim in respect of a Participant’s rights or interests, whether by garnishment, levy, attachment, or otherwise, such purported transfer or claim shall be treated as a withdrawal election under Section 13.

17. Termination of Employment. As soon as practicable upon termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, including but not

limited to death or retirement, the Participant’s Account shall be refunded to the Participant or the Participant’s estate, as applicable.

18. Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to amend or modify the Plan at any time without notice, and the Board shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time without notice, provided that (i) subject to Sections 19 and 23.1(b), no Participant’s existing rights under any Offering that is in progress may be adversely affected thereby, and (ii) subject to Section 19, in the event that the Board or the Committee desires to retain the favorable tax treatment under Sections 421 and 423 of the Code, no such amendment of the Plan shall increase the number of Shares that were reserved for issuance hereunder unless the Company’s shareholders approve such an increase.

19. Changes in Capitalization. In the event of reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of Shares, merger, consolidation, offerings of rights, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company, the Board or the Committee shall make whatever adjustments are appropriate in the number, kind, and the price of the Shares that are available for purchase under the Plan, and in the number of Shares that a Participant is entitled to purchase.

20. Share Ownership. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Participant shall be permitted to subscribe for any Shares under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after such subscription, owns Shares that account for (including all Shares that may be purchased under outstanding subscriptions under the Plan) five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Shares of the Company or its Subsidiaries. For the foregoing purposes the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining share ownership. In addition, no Participant shall be allowed to subscribe for any Shares under the Plan that permit such Participant’s rights to purchase Shares under all “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of such Shares for each calendar year in which such right to subscribe is outstanding at any time. For purposes of this Section 20, the Fair Market Value of Shares shall be determined in each case as of the Commencement Date of the Offering in which such Shares are purchased. The Company shall refund as soon as practicable any contributions by a Participant that exceed the limit set forth in the preceding sentence.

21. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or the Committee, which may engage the ESPP Broker to assist in the administration of the Plan. The Board or the Committee shall be vested with full authority to make, administer, and interpret such rules and regulations as it deems necessary to administer the Plan, and any determination, decision, or action of the Board or the Committee in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration, or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Participants and any and all persons that claim rights or interests under or through a Participant. The Board may delegate any or all of its authority hereunder to a committee of the Board, as it may designate.

22. Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in

the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, that is designated by the Company from time to time for the receipt thereof, and, in the absence of such a designation, the Company’s Human Resources Department, Attention: Stock Administration shall be authorized to receive such notices.

23. Termination of the Plan.

23.1 This Plan shall terminate at the earliest of the following:

(a) The date of the filing of a Statement of Intent to Dissolve by the Company or the effective date of a merger or consolidation wherein the Company is not to be the surviving corporation, which merger or consolidation is not between or among corporations related to the Company. Prior to the occurrence of either of such events, on such date as the Company may determine, the Company may permit a Participant to carry out the right to purchase, and to purchase at the purchase price set forth in Section 5, the number of full Shares (not any fractional Shares) that may be purchased with that Participant’s Account. In such an event, the Company shall refund to the Participant the funds that remain in the Participant’s Account after such purchase;

(b) The date the Board acts to terminate the Plan in accordance with Section 18 above; or

23.2 Upon termination of the Plan, the Company shall refund to each Participant the balance of each Participant’s Account.

24. Limitations on Sale of Stock Purchased Under the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide Shares for investment and not for resale. The Company does not, however, intend to restrict or influence the conduct of any employee’s affairs. An employee, therefore, may sell Shares that are purchased under the Plan at any time, subject to compliance with any applicable federal or state securities laws. THE EMPLOYEE ASSUMES THE RISK OF ANY MARKET FLUCTUATIONS IN THE PRICE OF THE SHARES.

25. Governmental Regulation. The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Shares under this Plan is subject to any governmental approval that is required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such Shares.

26. No Employment Rights. The Plan does not, directly or indirectly, create any right for the benefit of any employee or class of employees to purchase any Shares under the Plan, or create in any employee or class of employees any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company, and it shall not be deemed to interfere in any way with the Company’s right to terminate, or otherwise modify, an employee’s employment at any time.

27. Governing Law. The law of the state of Washington shall govern all matters that relate to this Plan except to the extent it is superseded by the laws of the United States.

Exhibit 10.6

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

1991 COMPANY-WIDE

STOCK OPTION PLAN

As Amended and Restated through March 18, 2009 and as restated on April 9, 2015 to reflect adjustments for the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on such date

1. Purpose.

The purpose of this Plan is to encourage ownership of the common stock of Starbucks Corporation (“the Company”) by all Partners of the Company and its Subsidiaries. This Plan is intended to provide an incentive for Partners to exert their maximum efforts to achieve the successful operation of the Company and is intended to assist the Company in attracting and retaining talented personnel by providing an opportunity to benefit from the increased value of the Company, to which such Partners and new personnel have contributed. The Plan is expected to benefit the shareholders of the Company by linking the interests of the Company’s Partners with those of its shareholders. The benefits of this Plan are not a substitute for compensation otherwise payable to Partners pursuant to the terms of their employment.

2. Definitions.

For purposes of the Plan:

“Agreement” means the written document issued by the Company to an Optionee evidencing the grant of Options and setting forth the terms and conditions of such grant.

“Base Wages,” with respect to an Eligible Partner, means all gross actual base pay (including any applicable shift differentials), whether paid or deferred, but not including overtime, bonuses and commissions, and shall be calculated before deductions for amounts contributed to Company benefits and/or long-term savings plans. “Base Wages” does not include deferred income at payout, any awards payable under any long-term incentive plan to be adopted by the Company, imputed income for life insurance, relocation reimbursement or similar programs. With respect to the entire Company, “Base Wages” means the total amount of Base Wages for all Eligible Partners at a particular time under the Plan.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Change in Capitalization” means any increase or reduction in the number of Shares, or any change (including, but not limited to, a change in value) in the Shares or exchange of Shares for a different number or kind of shares or other securities

of the Company or another corporation, by reason of a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, spin-off, split-up, issuance of warrants or rights or debentures, stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, cash dividend, property dividend, combination or exchange of shares, repurchase of shares, change in corporate structure or otherwise.

"Change in Control" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 hereof.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means a committee, as described in Section 3.1, that may be appointed by the Board from time to time to administer the Plan and to perform the functions set forth herein.

“Company” means Starbucks Corporation.

“Director” means a member of the Board.

“Disability” means:

(a) in the case of an Optionee whose employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is subject to the terms of an employment agreement between such Optionee and the Company or Subsidiary, which employment agreement includes a definition of “Disability,” the term “Disability” as used in this Plan or any Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in such employment agreement during the period that such employment agreement remains in effect; and

(b) in all other cases, the term “Disability” as used in this Plan or any Agreement shall have the same meaning as set forth under the Company’s long- term disability plan as may be amended from time to time and in the event the Company does not maintain such a plan, a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which renders the Optionee incapable of continuing his or her usual and customary employment with the Company or Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Eligible Partner” means any regular, full-time or part-time Partner who (i) was a Partner as of April 1 in the fiscal year of the Company prior to the date of the Option grant, (ii) is a Partner on the date of the Option grant, and (iii) who has been paid for at least 500 hours (which equates to approximately twenty hours per week on average) between April 1 and the last day of the prior fiscal year or between the first day of the prior fiscal year and March 31 of the fiscal year prior to the date of the Option grant. Officers and members of the Boards of Directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan. In addition, none of the following individuals shall be an Eligible Partner:


(1)	A Partner covered by a collective bargaining agreement, unless the collective bargaining agreement applicable to the Partner specifically provides for participation in this Plan;


(2)	A leased employee;


(3)	A temporary Partner as defined by the Company’s human resources policy; or

(4)

Individuals who are not designated as “employees” in the Company's or applicable Subsidiary's employment records. For example, individuals engaged to perform services in a relationship which the Company or Subsidiary characterizes as that of an “independent contractor” with respect to the Company or Subsidiary shall not be Eligible Partners. Individuals described in this paragraph shall not be Eligible Partners for the period they are not characterized as employees in the Company or applicable Subsidiary's employment records, even if a determination is made by the Internal Revenue Service, the United States Department of Labor, another governmental agency, a court or other tribunal that the individual is an "employee" of the Company or Subsidiary during that period, for purposes of pertinent sections of the Code or for any other purpose. An individual who has not been designated an Eligible Partner on account of this paragraph may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be designated an Eligible Partner effective as of the date as of which the Company or applicable Subsidiary characterizes the individual as an "employee" in their employment records.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” on any date means the closing sale price of a Share on the principal national securities exchange or stock market on which such Shares are listed or admitted to trading. If there are no quoted prices with respect to Shares for such date, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price per Share on the immediately previous business day on which such quotations are available and, if the Shares are no longer publicly-traded, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by the Board in good faith.

“Officer” means a Partner serving in a position of vice president or higher of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

“Option” means an option to purchase a Share under the Plan; no Option granted under the Plan shall be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

“Optionee” means a person to whom an Option has been granted under the Plan.

“Partner” means any individual serving as an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Person” means a natural person, company, government or political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of a government.

“Plan” means the Starbucks Corporation 1991 Company-Wide Stock Option Plan, including any country-specific rules approved and adopted by the Board or the Committee, as such plan and country-specific rules may be amended and restated from time to time.

“Retirement” means the attainment of age 55 and ten (10) years of credited service with the Company, as determined by the Board or Committee in its sole discretion.

“Shares” means the shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other Person, of which a majority of its voting equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

3. Administration.

3.1. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, provided however that the Board may appoint a Committee to administer the Plan, consisting of not less than three members of the Board.

3.2. Authority; Powers. Subject to the express terms and conditions set forth herein, the Board (or the Committee, if so appointed) shall have the power from time to time to:

(a) determine those Eligible Partners to whom Options shall be granted under the Plan, the number of Options to be granted and the terms and conditions of such Option grants, including the exercise price per Option;

(b) construe and interpret the Plan and the Options granted hereunder and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect or supplying any omission, or reconciling any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Agreement, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or advisable so that the Plan complies with applicable law, and otherwise to make the Plan fully effective. All decisions and determinations by the Board or the Committee in the exercise of this power shall be final,

binding and conclusive upon the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Optionees, and all other persons having any interest herein;

(d) generally exercise such powers and to perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan; and

(e) delegate to an administrator or administrators those clerical and administrative functions which can be legally delegated to such administrator or administrators.

4. Stock Subject to the Plan and Maximum Grants.

4.1. Number. The number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under the Plan is 64,000,000 (as adjusted to reflect the 2-for-1 forward stock split effective on April 9, 2015). The maximum number of Options that an Eligible Partner may receive in any fiscal year may not exceed Options to purchase the number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of grant equal to fourteen percent (14%) of such Eligible Partner’s Base Wages for the previous fiscal year of the Company. No Eligible Partner shall be granted Options under this Plan that would result in such Eligible Partner receiving more than five percent (5%) of the maximum number of Shares available for issuance hereunder. Upon a Change in Capitalization, the number of Shares referred to in the first sentence of this Section 4.1 shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 7.

4.2. Reduction of Number. Upon the granting of Options, the number of Shares available under Section 4.1 for the granting of further Options shall be reduced by the number of Shares for which such Options may be exercised.

4.3. Expired Options. Whenever any outstanding Option is canceled or is otherwise terminated for any reason without having been exercised, the Share allocable to the expired, canceled or otherwise terminated Option shall continue to be reserved for issuance under the Plan and may be the subject of new Options granted hereunder.

5. Terms and Conditions of Options.

5.1. Agreement and Date of Grant. The terms and conditions of the grant of Options to an Eligible Partner shall be set forth in an Agreement. The Board or the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the date during the quarter following the end of the Company’s fiscal year upon which Options are granted.

5.2. Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted.

5.3. Vesting. Subject to Section 5.9, and unless otherwise approved by action of the Board or the Committee, each grant of Options shall vest and become exercisable in annual twenty-five percent (25%) installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant. To the extent not exercised, installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Options expire. Options shall cease vesting as of the date of the Optionee’s Disability or other voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that all Options shall vest in full as of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment due to Retirement or death.

5.4. Term. Each Option granted hereunder shall have a term of ten (10) years, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement. The Committee may extend any Option term after the date of grant, provided that the term shall not exceed ten (10) years. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, a longer term may be established in the grant or extended by amendment as may be required or advisable under foreign laws or regulations.

5.5. Modification. No modification of an Option shall adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under the Option without the Optionee’s consent.

5.6 Non-Transferability. An Option granted hereunder shall not be transferable by the Optionee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order (within the meaning of Rule 16a-12 promulgated under the Exchange Act). An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of such Optionee only by the Optionee or his or her guardian or legal representative. The terms of such Option shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

5.7 Method of Exercise. An Optionee desiring to exercise options granted and exercisable hereunder shall notify the Company or, if required by the Company, the brokerage firm designated by the Company to facilitate exercises and sales under this Plan, specifying the number of Options to be exercised. The notification to the brokerage firm shall be made in accordance with procedures of such brokerage firm approved by the Company. The notification to the Company or the designated brokerage firm shall be accompanied by (i) payment of the aggregate exercise price of the Options in cash or by tender of previously-owned Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value of at least the aggregate exercise price, or (ii) a request that the Company or the designated brokerage firm conduct a cashless exercise of the Options. Payment of the aggregate exercise price by means of tendering previously-owned Shares of the Company’s common stock shall not be permitted when the same may, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, cause the Company to record a loss or expense as a result thereof.

5.8 Rights of Optionees. No Optionee shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to any Options unless and until (i) the Options shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms thereof, and (ii) the Company shall have issued and delivered Shares to or for the account of the Optionee. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares. Nothing in this Plan should be construed to provide any Partner with any right to receive an Option under this Plan, irrespective of whether the Partner may or may not be an Eligible Partner.

5.9 Effect of Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, all Options outstanding on the date of such Change in Control shall become immediately and fully exercisable and shall remain exercisable in accordance with Section 6.2. A “Change in Control” means the occurrence during the term of the Plan of:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any Person (as the term Person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), immediately after which such Person has "Beneficial Ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, Shares or Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change in Control.

A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any Person in connection with a "Non-Control Transaction" (as hereinafter defined);

(b) Cessation for any reason of the individuals who are members of the Board as of August 28, 2000 (the "Incumbent Board") to constitute at least two-thirds of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company's common shareholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (as described in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a "Proxy Contest") including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization is a "Non-Control Transaction." A "Non-Control Transaction" shall mean a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued where:

(A) the shareholders of the Company, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own directly or indirectly immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

(B) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation, or a corporation directly or indirectly beneficially owning a majority of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation, and

(C) no Person other than (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary, (iii) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, was maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iv) any Person who, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization had Beneficial Ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities or Shares, has Beneficial Ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then outstanding voting securities or its common stock.

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Subsidiary).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Shares or Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Persons, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Shares or Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.

Section 5.9 set forth above applies to any Option granted or Change in Control occurring after June 4, 1998; provided, however, that in the event that the adoption of Section 5.9 as set forth above is considered to be an alteration of equity interests in contemplation of a pooling of interests transaction, the adoption of Section 5.9 shall be automatically rescinded. Upon the rescission of the adoption of Section 5.9 set forth above, the effect of a merger, consolidation, tender offer or takeover bid shall be governed by the terms of Section 2.6 of the Plan in effect prior to June 4, 1998.

5.10 One-Time Option Exchange Offer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s shareholders, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one-time-only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Options could, at the election of the person holding such Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a lesser amount of Options with a lower exercise price, provided that such one-time-only option exchange offer is commenced within six months of the date of such shareholder approval.

6. Effect of a Termination of Employment.

6.1. Board or Committee Discretion. The Agreement evidencing the grant of each Option may set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such Option upon a termination or change in the status of the employment of the Optionee by the Company, or a Subsidiary (including a termination or change by reason of the sale of a Subsidiary), which shall be as the Board or Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Option is granted or thereafter.

6.2. Default Provisions. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement pursuant to the Board or Committee's authority as set forth in Section 6.1, any Option granted pursuant to this Plan shall expire at the earliest of the following:

(i) the date specified in the Option;

(ii) ninety (90) days after the date of voluntary or involuntary termination of Optionee’s employment other than a termination as described in (iii), (iv) or (v) below;

(iii) on the date of the discharge of the Optionee for misconduct that is willfully or wantonly harmful to the Company;

(iv) twelve (12) months after the date of the Optionee’s death or termination due to Disability; or

(v) thirty six (36) months after the date of termination of the Optionee’s employment due to Retirement.

7. Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization.

7.1. Adjustment. In the event of a Change in Capitalization, the Board or the Committee, as appropriate, shall conclusively determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to (i) the number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Options under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted to any Eligible Partner during the term of the Plan, and (iii) the number of Shares which are subject to outstanding Options granted under the Plan and the exercise price therefor (if applicable).

7.2. No Fractional Shares. If any adjustment under Section 7.1 hereof results in an obligation of the Company to issue a fractional Share, the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole number. Under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to issue and fractional Shares pursuant to the exercise of Options under this Plan.

8. Termination and Amendment of the Plan.

The Plan shall terminate on August 28, 2010 and no Option may be granted thereafter. Subject to Section 5.5, the Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan prior to the day set forth above and the Board or the Committee, may at any time and from time to time amend, modify or suspend the Plan and all administrative rules, regulations and practices; provided, however, that:

(a) no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall impair or adversely alter any Options theretofore granted under the Plan, except with the consent of the Optionee, nor shall any amendment, modification, suspension or termination deprive any Optionee of any Shares that he or she may have acquired through or as a result of the Plan; and

(b) to the extent necessary under applicable law, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law.

9. Non-Exclusivity of the Plan.

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

10. Limitation of Liability.

As illustrative of the limitations of liability of the Company, but not intended to be exhaustive thereof, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

(a) give any person any right to be granted an Option other than at the sole discretion of the Board or the Committee;

(b) give any person any rights whatsoever with respect to Shares except as specifically provided in the Plan and any applicable Agreement;

(c) limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person at any time; or

(d) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, expressed or implied, that the Company will employ any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time.

11. Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law.

11.1. State Law. Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

11.2. Applicable Laws and Regulations. The obligation of the Company to issue Shares upon the exercise of Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board or the Committee.

11.3. Compliance. The Board or the Committee may make such changes to the Plan as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority.

12. Foreign Eligible Partners.

Without amending the Plan, the Board or the Committee may grant Options to Eligible Partners who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may in the judgment of the Committee be necessary or advisable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Board or the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, subplans, and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the laws in other countries in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operate or have employees.

13. Miscellaneous.

13.1. Multiple Option Grants. The terms of each Option grant may differ from other Options granted under the Plan at another time. The Committee may also make more than one grant of Options to a given Eligible Partner during the term of the Plan.

13.2. Withholding of Taxes. At such time as an Optionee recognizes taxable income in connection with the receipt of Shares or receives cash in connection with the sale of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of Options under the Plan (a “Taxable Event”), the Optionee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the federal, state and local (including applicable local country) taxes required to be withheld by the Company in connection with the Taxable Event (the “Withholding Taxes”) prior to the issuance of such Shares or the payment of such cash. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of cash to an Optionee an amount equal to the Withholding Taxes in satisfaction of the obligation to pay Withholding Taxes. In satisfaction of the obligation to pay Withholding Taxes to the Company, the Optionee may elect to have a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to or greater than the Withholding Taxes withheld by the Company. If Shares are to be withheld to pay required Withholding Taxes, the Optionee, his or her personal representative or permitted transferee must deliver an attestation that he or she has held a number of Shares equal to the number to be withheld to pay such Withholding Taxes for at least six (6) months.

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Howard Schultz, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2015 of Starbucks Corporation;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 28, 2015



	/s/ Howard Schultz
	Howard Schultz
	chairman and chief executive officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Scott Maw, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2015 of Starbucks Corporation;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 28, 2015



	/s/ Scott Maw
	Scott Maw
	executive vice president, chief financial officer

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Starbucks Corporation ("Starbucks") on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2015 (the "Report"), Howard Schultz, chairman and chief executive officer, and Scott Maw, executive vice president, chief financial officer of Starbucks, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge: